US20110157697A1 - Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions - Google Patents
Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20110157697A1 US20110157697A1 US12/845,440 US84544010A US2011157697A1 US 20110157697 A1 US20110157697 A1 US 20110157697A1 US 84544010 A US84544010 A US 84544010A US 2011157697 A1 US2011157697 A1 US 2011157697A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- barrier elements
- array
- blocking
- pixels
- barrier
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/361—Reproducing mixed stereoscopic images; Reproducing mixed monoscopic and stereoscopic images, e.g. a stereoscopic image overlay window on a monoscopic image background
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03B—APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
- G03B35/00—Stereoscopic photography
- G03B35/18—Stereoscopic photography by simultaneous viewing
- G03B35/24—Stereoscopic photography by simultaneous viewing using apertured or refractive resolving means on screens or between screen and eye
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G3/00—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
- G09G3/001—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes using specific devices not provided for in groups G09G3/02 - G09G3/36, e.g. using an intermediate record carrier such as a film slide; Projection systems; Display of non-alphanumerical information, solely or in combination with alphanumerical information, e.g. digital display on projected diapositive as background
- G09G3/003—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes using specific devices not provided for in groups G09G3/02 - G09G3/36, e.g. using an intermediate record carrier such as a film slide; Projection systems; Display of non-alphanumerical information, solely or in combination with alphanumerical information, e.g. digital display on projected diapositive as background to produce spatial visual effects
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G3/00—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes
- G09G3/20—Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes for presentation of an assembly of a number of characters, e.g. a page, by composing the assembly by combination of individual elements arranged in a matrix no fixed position being assigned to or needed to be assigned to the individual characters or partial characters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/106—Processing image signals
- H04N13/139—Format conversion, e.g. of frame-rate or size
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/106—Processing image signals
- H04N13/161—Encoding, multiplexing or demultiplexing different image signal components
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/189—Recording image signals; Reproducing recorded image signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/10—Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
- H04N13/194—Transmission of image signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/305—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using lenticular lenses, e.g. arrangements of cylindrical lenses
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/31—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/31—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers
- H04N13/312—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers the parallax barriers being placed behind the display panel, e.g. between backlight and spatial light modulator [SLM]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/302—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays
- H04N13/31—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers
- H04N13/315—Image reproducers for viewing without the aid of special glasses, i.e. using autostereoscopic displays using parallax barriers the parallax barriers being time-variant
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/332—Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/349—Multi-view displays for displaying three or more geometrical viewpoints without viewer tracking
- H04N13/351—Multi-view displays for displaying three or more geometrical viewpoints without viewer tracking for displaying simultaneously
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/356—Image reproducers having separate monoscopic and stereoscopic modes
- H04N13/359—Switching between monoscopic and stereoscopic modes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/366—Image reproducers using viewer tracking
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/366—Image reproducers using viewer tracking
- H04N13/383—Image reproducers using viewer tracking for tracking with gaze detection, i.e. detecting the lines of sight of the viewer's eyes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N13/398—Synchronisation thereof; Control thereof
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
- H04N21/23—Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
- H04N21/235—Processing of additional data, e.g. scrambling of additional data or processing content descriptors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
- H04N21/4104—Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices
- H04N21/4122—Peripherals receiving signals from specially adapted client devices additional display device, e.g. video projector
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
- H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
- H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
- H04N21/435—Processing of additional data, e.g. decrypting of additional data, reconstructing software from modules extracted from the transport stream
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04S—STEREOPHONIC SYSTEMS
- H04S7/00—Indicating arrangements; Control arrangements, e.g. balance control
- H04S7/30—Control circuits for electronic adaptation of the sound field
- H04S7/302—Electronic adaptation of stereophonic sound system to listener position or orientation
- H04S7/303—Tracking of listener position or orientation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/033—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
- G06F3/0346—Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G2300/00—Aspects of the constitution of display devices
- G09G2300/02—Composition of display devices
- G09G2300/023—Display panel composed of stacked panels
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G2320/00—Control of display operating conditions
- G09G2320/02—Improving the quality of display appearance
- G09G2320/028—Improving the quality of display appearance by changing the viewing angle properties, e.g. widening the viewing angle, adapting the viewing angle to the view direction
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G2370/00—Aspects of data communication
- G09G2370/04—Exchange of auxiliary data, i.e. other than image data, between monitor and graphics controller
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G5/00—Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
- G09G5/003—Details of a display terminal, the details relating to the control arrangement of the display terminal and to the interfaces thereto
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09G—ARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
- G09G5/00—Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
- G09G5/14—Display of multiple viewports
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N2013/40—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene
- H04N2013/403—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene the images being monoscopic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N13/00—Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
- H04N13/30—Image reproducers
- H04N2013/40—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene
- H04N2013/405—Privacy aspects, i.e. devices showing different images to different viewers, the images not being viewpoints of the same scene the images being stereoscopic or three dimensional
Definitions
- the present invention relates to three-dimensional image displays.
- Images may be generated for display in various forms.
- television is a widely used telecommunication medium for transmitting and displaying images in monochromatic (“black and white”) or color form.
- images are provided in analog form and are displayed by display devices in two-dimensions.
- images are being provided in digital form for display in two-dimensions on display devices having improved resolution (e.g., “high definition” or “HD”).
- HD high definition
- Conventional displays may use a variety of techniques to achieve three-dimensional image viewing functionality.
- various types of glasses have been developed that may be worn by users to view three-dimensional images displayed by a conventional display.
- glasses include glasses that utilize color filters or polarized filters.
- the lenses of the glasses pass two-dimensional images of differing perspective to the user's left and right eyes.
- the images are combined in the visual center of the brain of the user to be perceived as a three-dimensional image.
- synchronized left eye, right eye LCD (liquid crystal display) shutter glasses may be used with conventional two-dimensional displays to create a three-dimensional viewing illusion.
- LCD display glasses are being used to display three-dimensional images to a user.
- the lenses of the LCD display glasses include corresponding displays that provide images of differing perspective to the user's eyes, to be perceived by the user as three-dimensional.
- a display device of this type may be switched to a three-dimensional mode for viewing of three-dimensional images, and may be switched to a two-dimensional mode for viewing of two-dimensional images (and/or to provide a respite from the viewing of three-dimensional images).
- a parallax barrier is another example of a device that enables images to be displayed in three-dimensions.
- a parallax barrier includes of a layer of material with a series of precision slits. The parallax barrier is placed proximal to a display so that a user's eyes each see a different set of pixels to create a sense of depth through parallax.
- a disadvantage of parallax barriers is that the viewer must be positioned in a well-defined location in order to experience the three-dimensional effect. If the viewer moves his/her eyes away from this “sweet spot,” image flipping and/or exacerbation of the eyestrain, headaches and nausea that may be associated with prolonged three-dimensional image viewing may result.
- Conventional three-dimensional displays that utilize parallax barriers are also constrained in that the displays must be entirely in a two-dimensional image mode or a three-dimensional image mode at any time.
- FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a display system, according to an example embodiment.
- FIGS. 2A and 2B show block diagrams of examples of the display system of FIG. 1 , according to embodiments.
- FIG. 3 shows a view of a surface of a parallax barrier, according to an example embodiment.
- FIGS. 4 and 5 show views of a barrier element of a barrier element array that is selected to be transparent and to be opaque, respectively, according to example embodiments.
- FIG. 6 shows a flowchart for generating three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 7 shows a cross-sectional view of an example of a display system, according to an embodiment.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B shows view of example parallax barriers with non-blocking slits, according to embodiments.
- FIG. 9 shows a block diagram of a barrier array controller, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 10 shows an example display system configured to generate three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 11 shows the display system of FIG. 7 providing a three-dimensional image to a user, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 12 shows a process for forming a two-dimensional image, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 13 shows a process for modifying a parallax barrier to modify display characteristics, according to example embodiments.
- FIG. 14 shows a view of the parallax barrier of FIG. 3 with increased spacing between non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 15 shows a display system with increased spacing between non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 16 shows a flowchart for configuring a parallax barrier to enable two or more three-dimensional views to be simultaneously delivered to a viewer, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 17 shows a view of the parallax barrier of FIG. 3 with portions having different width non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 18 shows a process for configuring a parallax barrier to display differently oriented three-dimensional images, according to example embodiments.
- FIG. 19 shows a view of the parallax barrier of FIG. 3 with differently oriented non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 20 shows a flowchart that may be performed to enable the simultaneous display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 21 shows a display system configured to simultaneously generate two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment.
- FIGS. 22 and 23 show views of the barrier element array of FIG. 3 configured to enable the simultaneous display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images of various sizes and shapes, according to example embodiments.
- FIG. 24 shows a block diagram of a display environment, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 25 shows a block diagram of a remote device, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 26 shows a block diagram of a display device, according to an example embodiment.
- FIG. 27 shows a block diagram of an example display controller, according to an embodiment.
- references in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an example embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may not necessarily include the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described.
- Embodiments of the present invention relate to display devices that include a parallax barrier that may be dynamically modified, thereby changing the manner in which images are delivered to the eyes of one or more viewers.
- the parallax barrier may be configured to enable the adaptive display of multiple types of images to users. For instance, embodiments enable the adaptive accommodation of a changing viewer sweet spot, switching between two-dimensional (2D), stereoscopic three-dimensional (3D), and multi-view 3D images, as well as the simultaneous display of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D images.
- Example features of the parallax barrier that may be dynamically modified include one or more of a number of slits in the parallax barrier, the dimensions of each slit, the spacing between the slits, and the orientation of the slits. Slits of the parallax barrier may also be turned on or off in relation to certain regions of the screen such that simultaneous mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D presentations can be accommodated.
- a display device may include an adaptive parallax barrier to enable various display capabilities.
- FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a display system 100 , according to an example embodiment.
- system 100 includes a display device 112 .
- Display device 112 is capable of displaying 2D and 3D images as described above.
- display device 112 includes an image generator 102 and a parallax barrier 104 .
- image generator 102 includes a pixel array 114 and may optionally include backlighting 116 .
- Image generator 102 and parallax barrier 104 operate to generate 2D and/or 3D images that are viewable by users/viewers in a viewing space 106 .
- parallax barrier 104 is shown positioned between image generator 102 and viewing space 106 in FIG. 1 , as further described below, parallax barrier 104 may alternatively be positioned between portions of image generator 102 (e.g., between pixel array 114 and backlighting 116 ).
- backlighting 116 emits light that is filtered by parallax barrier 104 , and the filtered light is received by pixel array 114 , which imposes image information on the filtered light by performing further filtering.
- pixel array 114 may be configured to emit light which includes the image information, and the emitted light is filtered by parallax barrier 104 .
- Parallax barrier 104 operates as an image filter or “light manipulator” to filter received light with a plurality of barrier elements (also referred to as “blocking regions”) that are selectively substantially opaque or transparent to enable three-dimensional images to be generated from the image information provided by pixel array 114 .
- the image information may include one or more still images, motion (e.g., video) images, etc.
- image generator 102 and parallax barrier 104 generate filtered light 110 .
- Filtered light 110 may include one or more two-dimensional images and/or three-dimensional images (e.g., formed by a pair of two-dimensional images in filtered light 110 ), for instance.
- Filtered light 110 is received in viewing space 106 proximate to display device 112 .
- One or more users may be present in viewing space 106 to view the images included in filtered light 110 .
- Display device 112 may be implemented in various ways.
- display device 112 may be a television display (e.g., an LCD (liquid crystal display) television, a plasma television, etc.), a computer monitor, or any other type of display device.
- Image generator 102 may be any suitable type or combination of light and image generating devices, including an LCD screen, a plasma screen, an LED (light emitting device) screen (e.g., an OLED (organic LED) screen), etc.
- Parallax barrier 104 may be any suitable light filtering device, including an LCD filter, a mechanical filter (e.g., that incorporates individually controllable shutters), etc., and may be configured in any manner, including as a thin-film device (e.g., formed of a stack of thin film layers), etc.
- Backlighting 116 may be any suitable light emitting device, including a panel of LEDs or other light emitting elements.
- FIG. 2A shows a block diagram of a display system 200 , which is an example of system 100 shown in FIG. 1 , according to an embodiment.
- system 200 includes a display device controller 202 and a display device 250 (which includes image generator 102 and parallax barrier 104 ).
- Display device 250 is an example of display device 112 in FIG. 1 .
- image generator 102 includes a pixel array 208 (which is an example of pixel array 114 of FIG. 1 ), and parallax barrier 104 includes a barrier element array 210 .
- display controller 202 includes a pixel array controller 204 and a barrier array controller 206 .
- Pixel array 208 includes a two-dimensional array of pixels (e.g., arranged in a grid or other distribution). Pixel array 208 is a self-illuminating or light-generating pixel array such that the pixels of pixel array 208 each emit light included in light 252 emitted from image generator 102 . Each pixel may be a separately addressable light source (e.g., a pixel of a plasma display, an LCD display, an LED display such as an OLED display, or of other type of display). Each pixel of pixel array 208 may be individually controllable to vary color and intensity. In an embodiment, each pixel of pixel array 208 may include a plurality of sub-pixels that correspond to separate color channels, such as a trio of red, green, and blue sub-pixels included in each pixel.
- a trio of red, green, and blue sub-pixels included in each pixel such as a trio of red, green, and blue sub-pixels included in each pixel.
- Parallax barrier 104 is positioned proximate to a surface of pixel array 208 .
- Barrier element array 210 is a layer of parallax barrier 104 that includes a plurality of barrier elements or blocking regions arranged in an array. Each barrier element of the array is configured to be selectively opaque or transparent.
- FIG. 3 shows a parallax barrier 300 , according to an example embodiment.
- Parallax barrier 300 is an example of parallax barrier 104 of FIG. 2A .
- parallax barrier 300 includes a barrier element array 302 .
- Barrier element array 302 includes a plurality of barrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array (e.g., arranged in a grid), although in other embodiments, may include barrier elements 304 arranged in other ways.
- Barrier elements 304 may each be a pixel of an LCD, a moveable mechanical element (e.g., a hinged flap that passes light in a first position and blocks light in a second position), a magnetically actuated element, or other suitable barrier element.
- Each barrier element 304 is shown in FIG. 3 as rectangular (e.g., square) in shape, but in other embodiments may have other shapes.
- each barrier element 304 may have a “band” shape that extends a vertical length of barrier element array 302 , such that barrier element array 302 includes a single horizontal row of barrier elements 304 .
- Each barrier element 304 may include one or more of such bands, and different portions of barrier element array 302 may include barrier elements 304 that include different numbers of such bands.
- One advantage of such a configuration is that barrier elements 304 extending a vertical length of barrier element array 302 do not need to have spacing between them because there is no need for drive signal routing in such space.
- a transistor-plus-capacitor circuit is typically placed onsite at the corner of a single pixel in the array, and control signals for such transistors are routed between the LCD pixels (row-column control, for example).
- row-column control for example.
- local transistor control may not be necessary because barrier elements 304 may not need to be changing as rapidly as display pixels (e.g., pixels of pixel array 208 ).
- control signals may be routed to the top and/or bottom of barrier elements 304 .
- the vertical bands can be arranged side-by-side with little-to-no space in between.
- one band or multiple adjacent bands e.g., five bands
- one band or multiple adjacent bands may comprise a barrier element 304 in a blocking state, followed by one band or multiple adjacent bands (e.g., two bands) that comprise a barrier element 304 in a non-blocking state (a slit), and so on.
- the five bands may combine to offer a single black barrier element of approximately 2.5 times the width of a single transparent slit with no spaces therein.
- Barrier element array 302 may include any number of barrier elements 304 .
- barrier element array 302 includes twenty-eight barrier elements 304 along an x-axis and includes twenty barrier elements 304 along a y-axis, for a total number of five hundred and sixty barrier elements 304 .
- these dimensions of barrier element array 302 and the total number of barrier elements 304 for barrier element array 302 shown in FIG. 3 are provided for illustrative purposes, and are not intended to be limiting.
- Barrier element array 302 may include any number of barrier elements 304 , and may have any array dimensions, including ones, tens, hundreds, thousands, or even larger numbers of barrier elements 304 along each of the x- and y-axes.
- the width of one barrier element in a barrier element array may be a multiple or divisor of a corresponding display pixel width (e.g., a width of a pixel of pixel array 114 ).
- a number of columns/rows in a barrier element array may be a multiple or divisor of a corresponding number of columns/rows of pixels in a corresponding pixel array.
- Each barrier element 304 of barrier element array 302 is selectable to be substantially opaque or transparent.
- FIG. 4 shows a barrier element 304 x that is selected to be substantially transparent
- FIG. 5 shows barrier element 304 x when selected to be substantially opaque, according to example embodiments.
- barrier element 304 x is selected to be transparent, light 252 from pixel array 208 may pass through barrier element 304 x (e.g., to viewing space 106 ).
- barrier element 304 x is selected to be opaque, light 252 from pixel array 208 is blocked from passing through barrier element 304 x .
- barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 By selecting some of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent, and some of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be opaque, light 252 received at barrier element array 302 is filtered to generate filtered light 110 . It is noted that in some embodiments, barrier elements may capable of being completely transparent or opaque, and in other embodiments, barrier elements may not be capable of being fully transparent or opaque.
- barrier elements may be capable of being 95% transparent when considered to be “transparent” and may be capable of being 5% transparent when considered to be “opaque.”
- Transparent and opaque as used herein are intended to encompass barrier elements being substantially transparent (e.g., greater than 75% transparent, including completely transparent) and substantially opaque (e.g., less than 25% transparent, including completely opaque), respectively.
- Display controller 202 is configured to generate control signals to enable display device 250 to display two-dimensional and three-dimensional images to users 218 in viewing space 106 .
- pixel array controller 204 is configured to generate a control signal 214 that is received by pixel array 208 .
- Control signal 214 may include one or more control signals used to cause pixels of pixel array 208 to emit light 252 of particular desired colors and/or intensity.
- Barrier array controller 206 is configured to generate a control signal 216 that is received by barrier element array 210 .
- Control signal 216 may include one or more control signals used to cause each of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent or opaque.
- barrier element array 210 filters light 252 to generate filtered light 110 that includes one or more two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional images that may be viewed by users 218 in viewing space 106 .
- control signal 214 may control sets of pixels of pixel array 208 to each emit light representative of a respective image, to provide a plurality of images.
- Control signal 216 may control barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 210 to filter the light received from pixel array 208 according to the provided images such that one or more of the images are received by users 218 in two-dimensional form.
- control signal 216 may select one or more sets of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent, to transmit one or more corresponding two-dimensional images or views to users 218 .
- control signal 216 may control sections of barrier element array 210 to include opaque and transparent barrier elements 304 to filter the light received from pixel array 208 so that one or more pairs of images or views provided by pixel array 208 are each received by users 218 as a corresponding three-dimensional image or view.
- control signal 216 may select parallel strips of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent to form slits that enable three-dimensional images to be received by users 218 .
- control signal 216 may be generated by barrier array controller 206 to configure one or more characteristics of barrier element array 210 .
- control signal 216 may be generated to form any number of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent, to modify the number and/or spacing of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 that are transparent, to select and/or modify a width and/or a length (in barrier elements 304 ) of one or more strips of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 that are transparent or opaque, to select and/or modify an orientation of one or more strips of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 that are transparent, to select one or more areas of barrier element array 302 to include all transparent or all opaque barrier elements 304 , etc.
- FIG. 2B shows a block diagram of a display system 220 , which is another example of system 100 shown in FIG. 1 , according to an embodiment.
- system 220 includes display device controller 202 and a display device 260 , which includes a pixel array 222 , parallax barrier 104 , and backlighting 116 .
- Display device 260 is an example of display device 112 in FIG. 1 .
- parallax barrier 104 includes barrier element array 210 and backlighting 116 includes a light element array 236 .
- display controller 202 includes a pixel array controller 228 , barrier array controller 206 , and a light source controller 230 .
- pixel array 222 and backlighting 116 form an example of image generator 102 of FIG. 1 .
- Backlighting 116 is a backlight panel that emits light 238 .
- Light element array 236 (or “backlight array”) of backlighting 116 includes a two-dimensional array of light sources. Such light sources may be arranged, for example, in a rectangular grid. Each light source in light element array 236 is individually addressable and controllable to select an amount of light emitted thereby.
- a single light source may comprise one or more light-emitting elements depending upon the implementation.
- each light source in light element array 236 comprises a single light-emitting diode (LED) although this example is not intended to be limiting.
- LED light-emitting diode
- Parallax barrier 104 is positioned proximate to a surface of backlighting 116 (e.g., a surface of the backlight panel).
- barrier element array 210 is a layer of parallax barrier 104 that includes a plurality of barrier elements or blocking regions arranged in an array. Each barrier element of the array is configured to be selectively opaque or transparent.
- FIG. 3 shows a parallax barrier 300 , which is an example of parallax barrier 104 of FIG. 2B .
- Barrier element array 210 filters light 238 received from backlighting 116 to generate filtered light 240 .
- Filtered light 240 is configured to enable a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image (e.g., formed by a pair of two-dimensional images in filtered light 110 ) to be formed based on images subsequently imposed on filtered light 240 by pixel array 222 .
- pixel array 222 of FIG. 2B includes a two-dimensional array of pixels (e.g., arranged in a grid or other distribution).
- pixel array 222 is not self-illuminating, and instead is a light filter that imposes images (e.g., in the form of color, grayscale, etc.) on filtered light 240 from parallax barrier 104 to generate filtered light 110 to include one or more images.
- Each pixel of pixel array 222 may be a separately addressable filter (e.g., a pixel of a plasma display, an LCD display, an LED display, or of other type of display).
- Each pixel of pixel array 208 may be individually controllable to vary the color imposed on the corresponding light passing through, and/or to vary the intensity of the passed light in filtered light 110 .
- each pixel of pixel array 222 may include a plurality of sub-pixels that correspond to separate color channels, such as a trio of red, green, and blue sub-pixels included in each pixel.
- Display controller 202 of FIG. 2B is configured to generate control signals to enable display device 260 to display two-dimensional and three-dimensional images to users 218 in viewing space 106 .
- light source controller 230 within display controller 202 controls the amount of light emitted by each light source in light element array 236 by generating a control signal 234 that is received by light element array 236 .
- Control signal 234 may include one or more control signals used to control the amount of light emitted by each light source in light element array 236 to generate light 238 .
- barrier array controller 206 is configured to generate control signal 216 received by barrier element array 210 .
- Control signal 216 may include one or more control signals used to cause each of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent or opaque, to filter light 238 to generate filtered light 240 .
- Pixel array controller 228 is configured to generate a control signal 232 that is received by pixel array 222 .
- Control signal 232 may include one or more control signals used to cause pixels of pixel array 208 to impose desired images (e.g., colors, grayscale, etc.) on filtered light 240 as it passes through pixel array 208 . In this manner, pixel array 222 generates filtered light 110 that includes one or more two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional images that may be viewed by users 218 in viewing space 106 .
- control signal 234 may control sets of light sources of light element array 236 to emit light 238 .
- Control signal 216 may control barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 210 to filter light 238 received from light element array 236 to enable filtered light 240 to enable two- and/or three-dimensionality.
- Control signal 232 may control sets of pixels of pixel array 222 to filter filtered light 240 according to respective images, to provide a plurality of images.
- control signal 216 may select one or more sets of the barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent, to enable one or more corresponding two-dimensional images to be delivered to users 218 .
- control signal 216 may control sections of barrier element array 210 to include opaque and transparent barrier elements 304 to filter the light received from light element array 236 so that one or more pairs of images provided by pixel array 222 are each enabled to be received by users 218 as a corresponding three-dimensional image.
- control signal 216 may select parallel strips of barrier elements 304 of barrier element array 302 to be transparent to form slits that enable three-dimensional images to be received by users 218 .
- FIG. 6 shows a flowchart 600 for generating images that are delivered to users in a viewing space, according to an example embodiment.
- Flowchart 600 may be performed by system 200 in FIG. 2A or system 220 of FIG. 2B , for example.
- Flowchart 600 is described with respect to FIG. 7 , which shows a cross-sectional view of a display system 700 .
- Display system 700 is an example embodiment of system 200 shown in FIG. 2A , and is shown for purposes of illustration.
- system 700 includes a pixel array 702 and a barrier element array 704 .
- system 700 may further include backlighting in a configuration similar to display system 220 of FIG. 2B .
- backlighting in a configuration similar to display system 220 of FIG. 2B .
- Flowchart 600 begins with step 602 .
- step 602 light is received at an array of barrier elements.
- light 252 is received at parallax barrier 104 from pixel array 208 of image generator 102 .
- Each pixel of pixel array 208 may generate light that is received at parallax barrier 104 .
- parallax barrier 104 may filter light 252 from pixel array 208 to generate a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image viewable in viewing space 106 by users 218 .
- light 238 may be received by parallax barrier 104 from light element array 236 .
- a first set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements is configured in the blocking state and a second set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements is configured in the non-blocking state to enable a viewer to be delivered a three-dimensional view.
- Three-dimensional image content may be provided for viewing in viewing space 106 .
- barrier array controller 206 may generate control signal 216 to configure barrier element array 210 to include transparent strips of barrier elements to enable a three-dimensional view to be formed.
- barrier element array 704 includes a plurality of barrier elements that are each either transparent (in a non-blocking state) or opaque (in a blocking state).
- Barrier elements that are blocking are indicated as barrier elements 710 a - 710 f
- barrier elements that are non-blocking are indicated as barrier elements 712 a - 712 e .
- Further barrier elements may be included in barrier element array 704 that are not visible in FIG. 7 .
- Each of barrier elements 710 a - 710 f and 712 a - 712 e may include one or more barrier elements.
- Barrier elements 710 alternate with barrier elements 712 in series in the order of barrier elements 710 a , 712 a , 710 b , 712 b , 710 c , 712 c , 710 d , 712 d , 710 e , 712 e , and 710 f . In this manner, blocking barrier elements 710 are alternated with non-blocking barrier elements 712 to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking or transparent slits in barrier element array 704 .
- FIG. 8A shows a view of parallax barrier 300 of FIG. 3 with transparent slits, according to an example embodiment.
- parallax barrier 300 includes barrier element array 302 , which includes a plurality of barrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array.
- barrier element array 302 includes a plurality of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips (or “slits”) 802 a - 802 g .
- slits parallel non-blocking strips
- non-blocking strips 802 a - 802 g are alternated with parallel blocking or blocking strips 804 a - 804 g of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be blocking.
- non-blocking strips 802 a - 802 g and blocking strips 804 a - 804 g each have a width (along the x-dimension) of two barrier elements 304 , and have lengths that extend along the entire y-dimension (twenty barrier elements 304 ) of barrier element array 304 , although in other embodiments, may have alternative dimensions.
- Non-blocking strips 802 a - 802 g and blocking strips 804 a - 804 g form a parallax barrier configuration for parallax barrier 300 .
- the spacing (and number) of parallel non-blocking strips 802 in barrier element array 704 may be selectable by choosing any number and combination of particular strips of barrier elements 304 in barrier element array 302 to be non-blocking, to be alternated with blocking strips 804 , as desired.
- FIG. 8B shows a parallax barrier 310 that is another example of barrier element array 704 with parallel transparent slits, according to an embodiment.
- parallax barrier 310 has includes a barrier element array 312 , which includes a plurality of barrier elements 314 arranged in a two-dimensional array (28 by 1 array).
- Barrier elements 314 have widths (along the x-dimension) similar to the widths of barrier elements 304 in FIG. 8A , but have lengths that extend along the entire vertical length (y-dimension) of barrier element array 314 . As shown in FIG.
- barrier element array 312 includes parallel non-blocking strips 802 a - 802 g alternated with parallel blocking strips 804 a - 804 g .
- parallel non-blocking strips 802 a - 802 g and parallel blocking strips 804 a - 804 g each have a width (along the x-dimension) of two barrier elements 314 , and have lengths that extend along the entire y-dimension (one barrier element 314 ) of barrier element array 312 .
- the light is filtered at the array of barrier elements to form the three-dimensional view in a viewing space.
- Barrier element array 210 of parallax barrier 210 is configured to filter light 252 received from pixel array 208 ( FIG. 2A ) or light 238 received from light element array 236 ( FIG. 2B ) according to whether barrier element array 210 is transparent or non-blocking (e.g., in a two-dimensional mode) or includes parallel non-blocking strips (e.g., in a three-dimensional mode). If one or more portions of barrier element array 210 are transparent (e.g., barrier element array 302 is shown entirely transparent in FIG.
- those portions of barrier element array 210 function as “all pass” filters to substantially pass all of light 252 as filtered light 110 to deliver one or more corresponding two-dimensional images generated by pixel array 208 to viewing space 106 , to be viewable as a two-dimensional images in a similar fashion as a conventional display.
- barrier element array 210 includes one or more portions having parallel non-blocking strips (e.g., as shown for barrier element array 302 in FIGS. 8A and 8B )
- those portions of barrier element array 210 pass a portion of light 252 as filtered light 110 to deliver one or more corresponding three-dimensional images to viewing space 106 .
- pixel array 702 includes a plurality of pixels 714 a - 714 d and 716 a - 716 d .
- Pixels 714 alternate with pixels 716 , such that pixels 714 a - 714 d and 716 a - 716 d are arranged in series in the order of pixels 714 a , 716 a , 714 b , 716 b , 714 c , 716 c , 714 d , and 716 d .
- Further pixels may be included in pixel array 702 that are not visible in FIG.
- pixels 714 a - 714 d and 716 a - 716 d generates light, which emanates from display surface 724 of pixel array 702 (e.g., generally upward in FIG. 7 ) towards barrier element array 704 .
- Some example indications of light emanating from pixels 714 a - 714 d and 716 a - 716 d are shown in FIG.
- light emanating from pixel array 702 is filtered by barrier element array 704 to form a plurality of images in a viewing space 726 , including a first image 706 a at a first location 708 a and a second image 706 b at a second location 708 b .
- a portion of the light emanating from pixel array 702 is blocked by blocking barrier elements 710 , while another portion of the light emanating from pixel array 702 passes through non-blocking barrier elements 712 , according to the filtering by barrier element array 704 .
- light 724 a from pixel 714 a is blocked by blocking barrier element 710 a
- light 724 b and light 724 c from pixel 714 b are blocked by blocking barrier elements 710 b and 710 c , respectively.
- light 718 a from pixel 714 a is passed by non-blocking barrier element 712 a
- light 718 b from pixel 714 b is passed by non-blocking barrier element 712 b.
- system 700 shown in FIG. 7 is configured to form first and second images 706 a and 706 b at locations 708 a and 708 b , respectively, which are positioned at a distance 728 from pixel array 702 (as shown in FIG. 7 , further instances of first and second images 706 a and 706 b may be formed in viewing space 726 according to system 700 , in a repeating, alternating fashion).
- pixel array 702 includes a first set of pixels 714 a - 714 d and a second set of pixels 716 a - 716 d .
- Pixels 714 a - 714 d correspond to first image 706 a and pixels 716 a - 716 d correspond to second image 706 b .
- first and second images 706 a and 706 b are formed at locations 708 a and 708 b , respectively. As shown in FIG.
- light 718 a - 718 d from the first set of pixels 714 a - 714 d is focused at location 708 a to form first image 706 a at location 708 a .
- Light 720 a - 720 d from the second set of pixels 716 a - 716 d is focused at location 708 b to form second image 706 b at location 708 b.
- FIG. 7 shows a slit spacing 722 (center-to-center) of non-blocking barrier elements 712 in barrier element array 704 .
- Spacing 722 may be determined to select locations for parallel non-blocking slits to be formed in barrier element array 704 for a particular image distance 728 at which images are desired to be formed (for viewing by users). For example, in an embodiment, if a spacing of pixels 714 a - 714 d corresponding to an image is known, and a distance 728 at which the image is desired to be displayed is known, the spacing 722 between adjacent parallel non-blocking slits in barrier element array 704 may be selected. As shown in FIG. 9 , in an embodiment, barrier array controller 206 (of FIG.
- Slit spacing calculator 902 is configured to calculate spacing 722 for a particular spacing of pixels and a desired distance for the corresponding image to be formed, according to corresponding parallax barrier configurations.
- FIG. 10 shows an example display system 1000 , according to an example embodiment.
- Display system 1000 is generally similar to system 700 shown in FIG. 7 , and includes pixel array 702 and barrier element array 704 .
- Pixel array 702 includes pixels 714 a - 714 d and 716 a - 716 d
- barrier element array 704 includes blocking barrier elements 710 a - 710 f and non-blocking barrier elements 712 a - 712 e .
- An image 1002 is desired to be formed at an image distance 1004 from pixel array 702 based on pixels 714 a - 714 d .
- Barrier element array 704 is separated from pixel array 702 by a distance 1012 .
- Adjacent pixels of pixels 714 a - 714 d are separated by a pixel separation distance 1006 .
- Spacing 722 for adjacent non-blocking barrier elements 712 a - 712 e is desired to be selected to enable image 1002 to be formed at distance 1004 from pixel array 702 .
- equation (Equation 1) holds:
- spacing 722 may be calculated (e.g., by slit spacing calculator 902 ) according to Equation 2 shown below, where slit spacing 722 is less than pixel separation distance 1006 :
- spacing 722 distance 1006 ⁇ (distance 1004 ⁇ distance 1012)/distance 1004 Equation 2
- distance 1006 may equal 1.0 mm
- distance 1004 may equal 2.0 meters
- distance 1012 may equal 5.0 mm.
- spacing 722 may be calculated according to Equation 2 as follows:
- the centers of adjacent non-blocking barrier elements 712 a - 712 e may be separated by spacing 722 of 0.9975 mm to form image 1002 at 2.0 meters from pixel array 702 .
- light 1010 a - 1010 d emanated by pixels 714 a - 714 d , as filtered by barrier element array 704 forms image 1002 at location 1008 .
- Separating the centers of adjacent non-blocking barrier elements 712 a - 712 e by 0.9975 mm (or other determined distance) may be accomplished in various ways, depending on the particular configuration of barrier element array 704 .
- a single barrier element width non-blocking slit may be formed in barrier element array 704 every 0.9975 mm.
- a non-blocking slit may be formed in barrier element array 704 every 0.9975 mm having a width of more than one barrier element.
- one or more non-blocking barrier elements may be alternated with one or more blocking barrier elements to for non-blocking slits every 0.9975 mm.
- ten non-blocking barrier elements 712 each having a width of 0.0025 mm may be alternated with three hundred and eighty-nine blocking barrier elements 710 each having the width of 0.0025 mm in barrier element array 704 .
- first and second images 706 a and 706 b may be formed by display system 700 at a distance 728 from pixel array 702 by calculating a value for slit spacing 722 as described above.
- Equation 2 is provided as one example technique for selecting non-blocking slit spacing, for purposes of illustration.
- other techniques may be used to calculate and/or determine values for slit spacing 722 .
- a lookup table that includes pre-calculated values for slit spacing 722 may be maintained by barrier array controller 206 . The lookup table may be used to look up values for slit spacing 722 for corresponding values of image distance 1004 and pixel spacing 1006 .
- pixel array 702 and barrier element array 704 are each shown as being substantially planar. In other embodiments, pixel array 702 and/or barrier element array 704 may be curved (e.g., concave or convex relative to viewing space 726 ). As such, equations, lookup tables, etc., used to calculate values for slit spacing 722 and/or other parameters of a display system may be configured to account for such curvature, in a manner as would be known to persons skilled in the relevant art(s).
- First and second images 706 a and 706 b are configured to be perceived by a user as a three-dimensional image or view.
- FIG. 11 shows display system 700 of FIG. 7 , where a user 1104 receives first image 706 a at a first eye location 1102 a and second image 706 b at a second eye location 1102 b , according to an example embodiment.
- First and second images 706 a and 706 b may be generated by first set of pixels 714 a - 714 d and second set of pixels 716 a - 716 d as images that are slightly different perspective from each other.
- Images 706 a and 706 b are combined in the visual center of the brain of user 1104 to be perceived as a three-dimensional image or view.
- first and second images 706 a and 706 b may be formed by display system 700 such that their centers are spaced apart a width of a user's pupils (e.g., an “interocular distance” 1106 ).
- the spacing of first and second images 706 a and 706 b may be approximately 65 mm (or other suitable spacing) to generally be equivalent to interocular distance 1106 .
- multiple instances of first and second images 706 a and 706 b may be formed by display system 700 that repeat in a viewing space.
- first and second images 706 a and 706 b shown in FIG. 11 coinciding with the left and right eyes of user 1104 may be separated by one or more instances of first and second images 706 a and 706 b of the repeating instances that happen to be separated by interocular distance 1106 .
- parallax barrier 104 may adapt to a different parallax barrier configuration to cause the three-dimensional view to be moved from the first position of user 1102 to the second position of user 1102 .
- barrier array controller 206 may generate control signal 216 to configure barrier element array 210 to include transparent strips of barrier elements configured to enable the three-dimensional view to be formed at the second position.
- barrier element array 210 into further configurations of blocking and non-blocking states to provide viewers with modified three-dimensional views.
- FIGS. 7 and 11 show display system 700 having a configuration similar to display system 200 of FIG. 2A
- display system 700 may be configured similarly to display system 220 of FIG. 2B to generate images 706 a and 706 b in viewing space 726 .
- barrier element array 704 may be positioned between a backlighting panel (that is positioned where pixel array 702 is shown in FIGS. 7 and 10 ) and pixel array 702 , and pixel array 702 is configured as a light filter (is not light emitting).
- the backlighting panel emits light that is filtered by barrier element array 704 as described above, and the filtered light is filtered by pixel array 702 to impose images on the light filtered by pixel array 702 , forming images 706 a and 706 b as shown in FIGS. 7 and 10 .
- display system 700 may be configured to generate a two-dimensional image for viewing by users in a viewing space.
- flowchart 600 FIG. 6
- the array of barrier elements is configured into a third configuration to deliver a two-dimensional view.
- barrier array controller 206 may generate control signal 216 to configure each barrier element of barrier element array 210 to be in the non-blocking state (transparent).
- barrier element array 210 may be configured similarly to barrier element array 302 shown in FIG. 3 , where all barrier elements 304 are selected to be non-blocking.
- barrier element array 210 functions as an “all pass” filter to substantially pass all of light 252 ( FIG. 2A ) or light 238 ( FIG. 2B ) as filtered light 110 to deliver the two-dimensional image generated by pixel array 208 to viewing space 106 , to be viewable as a two-dimensional image in a similar fashion as a conventional display.
- FIG. 13 shows a step 1302 that may be performed in flowchart 600 ( FIG. 6 ) to provide a second or subsequent parallax barrier configuration, according to example embodiments.
- step 1302 at least one of a distance between adjacent non-blocking slits of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits or a width of at least one non-blocking slit of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits is modified. For example, referring to FIGS.
- a distance between adjacent non-blocking strips 802 may be modified and/or a width of one or more non-blocking strips 802 may be modified.
- These and/or further parallax barrier parameters may be configured in any number of ways to create multiple additional parallax barrier configurations that each have a corresponding set of the barrier elements in the blocking state and a corresponding set of barrier elements in the non-blocking state to support a viewer located at any number of corresponding positions.
- FIG. 14 shows a view of parallax barrier 300 of FIG. 3 , according to an example embodiment.
- parallax barrier 300 includes barrier element array 302 , which includes a plurality of barrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array.
- barrier element array 302 includes a plurality of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1402 a - 1402 e .
- parallel non-blocking strips 1402 a - 1402 e are alternated with parallel blocking strips 1404 a - 1404 f of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be blocking.
- non-blocking strips 1402 a - 1402 e each have a width (along the x-dimension) of two barrier elements 304
- blocking strips 1404 a - 1404 f each have a width of three barrier elements 304 .
- FIGS. 8A and 8B where blocking strips 804 a - 804 g each have a width of two barrier elements 304 , blocking strips 1404 a - 1404 g have been modified to be wider to form another parallax barrier configuration.
- blocking strips may be modified to be wider or narrower by any desired number of barrier elements 304 , including a single barrier element (as in FIG. 14 versus FIG. 8A ) or multiple barrier elements, including tens, hundreds, or even further numbers of barrier elements.
- a width of the blocking strips may be modified for various reasons. For example, the width of the blocking strips may be modified to be wider to reduce a resolution and/or an intensity of the display image(s), to increase a distance at which views are delivered, and/or to modify lateral positions of delivered views. Alternatively, the width of the blocking strips may be modified to be narrower to increase a resolution and/or an intensity of the display image(s), to decrease a distance at which views are delivered, and/or to modify lateral positions of delivered views.
- FIG. 15 shows a display system 1500 , according to an example embodiment.
- System 1500 is generally similar to system 700 of FIG. 7 , with differences described as follows.
- system 1500 includes a pixel array 1502 and a barrier element array 1504 .
- System 1500 may also include display controller 202 of FIG. 2 , which is not shown in FIG. 15 for ease of illustration.
- Pixel array 1502 includes a first set of pixels 1514 a - 1514 d and a second set of pixels 1516 a - 1516 d .
- First set of pixels 1514 a - 1514 d and second set of pixels 1516 a - 1516 d are configured to generate corresponding images or views that can be combined to be perceived as a single three-dimensional image or view.
- Pixels of the two sets of pixels are alternated in pixel array 1502 in the order of pixel 1514 a , pixel 1516 a , pixel 1514 b , pixel 1516 b , etc. Further pixels may be included in each set of pixels in pixel array 1502 that are not visible in FIG. 15 , including hundreds, thousands, or millions of pixels in each set of pixels.
- barrier element array 1504 includes barrier elements that are each either transparent or opaque. As shown in FIG. 15 , barrier elements that are blocking are indicated as barrier elements 1510 a - 1510 f , and barrier elements that are non-blocking are indicated as barrier elements 1512 a - 1512 e . Blocking barrier elements 1510 are alternated with non-blocking barrier elements 1512 to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking slits in barrier element array 1504 , similarly to barrier element array 304 shown in FIG. 8A .
- barrier element array 1504 Light emanating from pixel array 1502 is filtered by barrier element array 1504 to form first and second images 1506 a and 1506 b at locations 1508 a and 1508 b , respectively, in a manner as described above.
- barrier elements 1512 a - 1512 e are each wider relative to barrier elements 710 a - 710 f of FIG. 7
- a spacing of pixels 1514 a - 1514 d is similar to the spacing of pixels 714 a - 714 d in FIG. 7 .
- a distance 1524 at which first and second images 1506 a and 1506 b are formed from pixel array 1502 is greater than distance 728 at which first and second images 706 a and 706 b are formed from pixel array 702 in FIG. 7 .
- the three-dimensional view may still be delivered to user 1104 by reconfiguring parallax barrier 704 from a first configuration to a second configuration. Configurations of parallax barrier 704 may enable views to be delivered to user 1104 at lesser and greater distances than distance 728 .
- Equation 2 shown above may be rewritten as Equation 3 shown below to solve for distance 1004 in FIG. 10 as factor of spacing 722 :
- distance 1004 (distance 1006 ⁇ distance 1012)/(distance 1006 ⁇ spacing 722) Equation 3
- a parallax barrier may be configured to enable two or more three-dimensional views to be simultaneously delivered to a viewer.
- a flowchart 1600 shown in FIG. 16 may be performed during step 604 of flowchart 600 ( FIG. 6 ) to enable multiple simultaneous three-dimensional views.
- the first set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the blocking state and the second set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the non-blocking state to enable a viewer to be delivered the first three-dimensional view.
- a third set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the blocking state and a fourth set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the non-blocking state to enable the viewer to be delivered a second three-dimensional view.
- a first three-dimensional view is enabled by a first set of barrier elements in the blocking state and a second set of barrier elements in the non-blocking state
- a second three-dimensional view is enabled by a third set of barrier elements in the blocking state and a fourth set of barrier elements in the non-blocking state, where the first-fourth sets of barrier elements are non-overlapping.
- a first portion of a display device corresponding to the first and second sets of barrier elements delivers the first three-dimensional view to the viewer
- a second portion of the display device corresponding to the third and fourth sets of barrier elements simultaneously delivers the first three-dimensional view to the viewer.
- a barrier element array may include any number of such portions (that each include a set of blocking elements and a set of non-blocking barrier elements) to simultaneously deliver a corresponding number of three-dimensional views.
- the different regions of the barrier element array may be configured differently to deliver three-dimensional views having different characteristics, including providing differing degrees of stereoscopic three-dimensionality, views at different distances from the display device, and/or other different characteristics described elsewhere herein.
- FIG. 17 shows a view of parallax barrier 300 of FIG. 3 with different width transparent slits, according to an example embodiment.
- parallax barrier 300 includes barrier element array 302 , which includes a plurality of barrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array.
- a first portion 1710 (e.g., a left half) of barrier element array 302 includes a first set of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a first plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1702 a - 1702 d .
- non-blocking strips 1702 a - 1702 d are alternated with a second set of parallel strips of barrier element 302 that are selected to be blocking—parallel blocking strips 1704 a - 1704 d .
- non-blocking strips 1702 a - 1702 d each have a width (along the x-dimension) of two barrier elements 304
- blocking strips 1704 a - 1704 d each have a width of two barrier elements 304 .
- a second portion 1712 (e.g., a right half) of barrier element array 302 includes a third set of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be transparent to form a second plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1706 a - 1706 f .
- parallel non-blocking strips 1706 a - 1706 f are alternated with a fourth set of parallel strips of barrier element 302 that are selected to be blocking—parallel blocking strips 1708 a - 1708 f .
- non-blocking strips 1706 a - 1706 f each have a width of one barrier element 304
- blocking strips 1708 a - 1708 f each have a width of one barrier element 304
- first and third sets of parallel non-blocking strips 1702 a - 1702 d and 1706 a - 1706 f are present in barrier element array 302 that have different widths.
- First portion 1710 and second portion 1712 of barrier element array 302 enable corresponding three-dimensional views to be delivered to a viewer, according to steps 1602 and 1604 of flowchart 1600 , respectively.
- a width of non-blocking slits in a barrier element may be modified in different barrier array configurations.
- the width of the non-blocking slits may be modified to have any width of one or more barrier elements 304 .
- one or more portions of a barrier element array may include non-blocking slits having widths that are different than the widths of non-blocking slits elsewhere in the barrier element array to provide corresponding three-dimensional views.
- the widths of non-blocking slits may be widened or narrowed for various reasons, including decreasing or increasing display resolution, decreasing or increasing clarity of images generated by one or more portions of the barrier element array, etc.
- barrier element array may be modified in a similar manner to enable multiple three-dimensional views to be delivered to a viewer from a display device, including modifying the distance between adjacent non-blocking slits, a width of the parallel non-blocking slits, etc.
- parallel transparent slits may be implemented in a barrier element array to generate three-dimensional images.
- the slits are oriented such that an axis that crosses through both eyes of a user (e.g., user 1104 in FIG. 11 ) is perpendicular to an axis along the length of the transparent slits.
- a user sitting or standing in a viewing space sits or stands such that their body is generally aligned parallel to the transparent slits.
- an orientation of the transparent slits of a barrier element array may be selected to be aligned with the body of a user.
- the orientation of transparent slits of a barrier element array may be configured on a portion-by-portion of the barrier element array basis.
- Each section of the barrier element array may include transparent slits that are aligned with a corresponding user to simultaneously deliver multiple three-dimensional views of different orientations to users in a viewing space.
- FIG. 18 shows a step 1802 that may be performed during flowchart 600 , according to example embodiments.
- a first non-blocking strip of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits is oriented perpendicularly to a second non-blocking strip of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits.
- FIG. 19 shows a view of parallax barrier 300 of FIG. 3 with transparent slits having different orientations, according to an example embodiment.
- parallax barrier 300 includes barrier element array 302 , which includes a plurality of barrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array.
- a first portion 1910 (e.g., a bottom half) of barrier element array 302 includes a first plurality of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a first plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a - 1902 e (each having a width of two barrier elements 304 ). As shown in FIG. 19 , parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a - 1902 e are alternated with parallel blocking strips 1904 a - 1904 f of barrier elements 304 (each having a width of three barrier elements 304 ). Parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a - 1902 e are oriented in a first direction (e.g., along a vertical axis).
- a second portion 1912 (e.g., a top half) of barrier element array 302 includes a second plurality of parallel strips of barrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a second plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a - 1906 d (each having a width of one barrier element 304 ).
- parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a - 1906 d are alternated with parallel blocking strips 1908 a - 1908 c of barrier elements 304 (each having a width of two barrier elements 304 ).
- Parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a - 1906 d are oriented in a second direction (e.g., along a horizontal axis).
- first and second pluralities of parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a - 1902 e and 1906 a - 1906 d are present in barrier element array 302 that are oriented perpendicularly to each other.
- the portion of barrier element array 302 that includes first plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a - 1902 e may be configured to deliver a three-dimensional image in a viewing space (as described above) to be viewable by a user whose body is oriented vertically (e.g., sitting upright or standing up).
- the portion of barrier element array 302 that includes second plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a - 1906 d may be configured to deliver a three-dimensional image in a viewing space (as described above) to be viewable by a user whose body is oriented horizontally (e.g., laying down). In this manner, users who are oriented differently relative to each other can still each be provided with a corresponding three-dimensional image that accommodates their position.
- any number of portions of a barrier element array may be configured to generate corresponding vertically oriented and/or horizontally oriented three-dimensional images.
- horizontally and vertically oriented three-dimensional images are enabled by barrier element array 304 of FIG. 19
- three-dimensional images of any orientation including any angle between horizontal and vertical, may be enabled by providing parallel non-blocking strips in barrier element array 302 of the desired angle (and by providing corresponding pixels in the pixel array arranged according to the desired angle).
- a single barrier-element width non-blocking strip angled between horizontal and vertical may be formed by placing a linear arrangement of barrier elements 304 distributed over multiple columns of barrier element array 302 in the non-blocking state.
- a barrier element array may be configured to enable any combination and number of two-dimensional images and/or three-dimensional images to be displayed simultaneously.
- the barrier element array may include one or more transparent portions to deliver one or more two-dimensional images and one or more portions that include parallel transparent slits to deliver one or more three-dimensional images.
- FIG. 20 shows a flowchart 2000 that may be performed during step 604 of flowchart 600 ( FIG. 6 ) to enable the display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment.
- Flowchart 2000 is described as follows with respect to FIG. 21 .
- FIG. 21 shows a display system 2100 configured to generate two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment.
- a first set of barrier elements of the barrier element array is configured to filter light from the first set of pixels to form a first image at a right eye location and to filter light from the second set of pixels to form a second image at a left eye location.
- system 2100 includes a pixel array 2102 and a barrier element array 2104 .
- System 2100 may also include display controller 202 of FIG. 2 , which is not shown in FIG. 21 for ease of illustration.
- Pixel array 2102 includes a first set of pixels 2114 a - 2114 d and a second set of pixels 2116 a - 2116 c .
- First set of pixels 2114 a - 2114 d and second set of pixels 2116 a - 2116 c are configured to generate images at left-eye and right-eye locations that combine to form a three-dimensional image in a similar fashion as described above (e.g., with respect to FIGS. 7 and 11 ). Pixels of the two sets of pixels are alternated in pixel array 2102 in the order of pixel 2114 a , pixel 2116 a , pixel 2114 b , pixel 2116 b , etc. (further pixels may be included).
- Barrier element array 2104 includes a first portion 2118 and a second portion 2120 .
- First portion 2118 of barrier element array 2104 is positioned adjacent to first and second sets of pixels 2114 a - 2114 d and 2116 a - 2116 c .
- First portion 2118 includes barrier elements that are blocking indicated as barrier elements 2110 a - 2110 e , and barrier elements that are non-blocking are indicated as barrier elements 2112 a - 2112 d .
- Blocking barrier elements 2110 are alternated with non-blocking barrier elements 2112 to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking slits in barrier element array 2104 , similarly to barrier element array 304 shown in FIG. 8 .
- Light emanating from pixel array 2102 is filtered by portion 2118 of barrier element array 2104 to deliver first and second images 2106 a and 2106 b , respectively, to a user in viewing space as described above.
- a second set of barrier elements of the barrier element array is selected to be non-blocking to pass light from the third set of pixels to form a third image.
- pixel array 2102 further includes a third set of pixels 2108 a and 2108 b (further pixels may be included in the third set of pixels).
- Second portion 2120 of barrier element array 2104 is positioned adjacent to third set of pixels 2108 a - 2108 b .
- Second portion 2120 includes barrier elements that are non-blocking, indicated as barrier elements 2112 e . No blocking barrier elements are included in second portion 2120 .
- third image 2106 c is a two-dimensional image, and may be viewable throughout the viewing space.
- FIG. 21 a three-dimensional image (based on the combination of first and second images 2106 a and 2106 b ) and a two-dimensional image are generated by display system 2100 .
- a single three-dimensional image and a single two-dimensional image are generated by display system 2100
- any number of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images may be simultaneously generated by a display system, in embodiments.
- the two-dimensional and three-dimensional images may have any size.
- FIGS. 22 and 23 show views of barrier element array 302 of FIG. 3 configured to enable the simultaneous display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images of various sizes, according to example embodiments.
- FIG. 22 and 23 show views of barrier element array 302 of FIG. 3 configured to enable the simultaneous display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images of various sizes, according to example embodiments.
- a first portion 2202 of barrier element array 302 is configured similarly to barrier element array 300 of FIG. 8 , including a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips alternated with parallel blocking strips that together fill first portion 2202 .
- a second portion 2204 of barrier element array 302 is surrounded by first portion 2202 .
- Second portion 2204 is a rectangular shaped portion of barrier element array 302 that includes a two-dimensional array of barrier elements 304 that are non-blocking.
- barrier element array 302 is configured to enable a three-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of a pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements of first portion 2202 , and to enable a two-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of the pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements inside of second portion 2204 .
- barrier element array 302 includes a first portion 2302 and a second portion 2304 .
- First portion 2302 includes a two-dimensional array of barrier elements 304 that are non-blocking.
- Second portion 2304 is rectangular shaped, and is contained within first portion 2302 .
- Second portion 2304 includes a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips alternated with parallel blocking strips that together fill second portion 2304 of barrier element array 302 .
- barrier element array 302 is configured to enable a two-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of a pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements of first portion 2302 , and to enable a three-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of the pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements inside of second portion 2304 .
- second portions 2204 and 2304 are shown for illustrative purposes in FIGS. 22 and 23 as being rectangular areas, second portions 2204 and 2304 may have other shapes, including circular, triangular or other polygon, irregular, or any other shape (e.g., a shape of a person, a cartoon character, object, etc.).
- flowchart 2000 (and FIGS. 21-23 ) relate to a two-dimensional image and a three-dimensional image being provided by a display system simultaneously
- two or more two-dimensional images or two or more three-dimensional images may be provided by a display system simultaneously.
- step 2002 of flowchart 2000 may be repeated to form fourth and fifth images corresponding to another three-dimensional image.
- step 2004 may be repeated to form a sixth image corresponding to another two-dimensional image. Any number of additional two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional images may be formed in this manner by corresponding regions of a display.
- parallax barriers may be reconfigured to change the locations of delivered views based on changing viewer positions.
- a position of a viewer may be determined/tracked so that a parallax barrier may be reconfigured to deliver views consistent with the changing position of the viewer.
- a position of a viewer may be determined/tracked by determining a position of the viewer directly, or by determining a position of a device associated with the viewer (e.g., a device worn by the viewer, held by the viewer, sitting in the viewer's lap, in the viewer's pocket, sitting next the viewer, etc.).
- the position of each viewer may be determined so that a parallax barrier may be reconfigured to deliver the views consistent with the changing positions of the viewers.
- FIG. 24 shows a block diagram of a display environment 2400 , according to an example embodiment.
- display environment 2400 includes a display device 2402 , a remote device 2404 , and a viewer 2406 .
- Display device 2402 is an example of display system 112 of FIG. 1 , and may be configured similarly to display device 250 ( FIG. 2A ) or display device 260 ( FIG. 2B ) in embodiments.
- Viewer 2406 is delivered a three-dimensional view 2408 by display device 2402 (display device 2402 may optionally also deliver a two-dimensional view to viewer 2406 ).
- Remote device 2404 is a device that viewer 2406 may use to interact with display device 2402 .
- remote device 2404 may be a remote control, a headset, game controller, a smart phone, or other device.
- Display device 2402 and/or remote device 2404 may operate to provide position information 2410 regarding user 2406 to display device 2402 .
- Display device 2402 may use position information 2410 to reconfigure a parallax barrier of display device 2402 to enable view 2408 to be delivered to viewer 2406 at various positions for viewer 2406 .
- display device 2402 and/or remote device 2404 may use positioning techniques to track the position of viewer 2406 .
- Remote device 2404 may be configured in various ways to enable the position of viewer 2406 to be tracked.
- FIG. 25 shows a block diagram of remote device 2404 , according to an example embodiment.
- remote device 2404 may include a transmitter 2502 , a positioning module 2504 , a position calculator 2506 , a user interface module 2508 , one or more camera(s) 2510 , and an image processing system 2512 .
- Remote device 2404 may include one or more of these elements shown in FIG. 25 , depending on the particular embodiment. These elements of remote device 2404 are described as follows.
- Positioning module 2504 may be included in remote device 2404 to determine a position of remote device 2404 according to a positioning technique, such triangulation or trilateration.
- positioning module 2504 may include one or more receivers that receive satellite broadcast signals (e.g., a global positioning system (GPS) module that receives signals from GPS satellites).
- Position calculator 2506 may calculate the position of remote device 2404 by precisely timing the received signals according to GPS techniques.
- positioning module 2504 may include one or more receivers that receive signals transmitted by display device 2402 that are used by position calculator 2506 to calculate the position of remote device 2404 .
- positioning module 2504 and position calculator 2506 may implement other types of positioning techniques.
- User interface module 2508 may be present to enable viewer 2406 to interact with remote device 2404 .
- user interface module 2508 may include any number and combination of user interface elements, such as a keyboard, a thumb wheel, a pointing device, a roller ball, a stick pointer, a joystick, a thumb pad, a display, a touch sensitive display, any number of virtual interface elements, a voice recognition system, a haptic interface, and/or other user interface elements described elsewhere herein or otherwise known.
- User interface module 2508 may be configured to enable viewer 2406 to manually enter position information for viewer 2406 into remote device 2404 , including manually entering coordinates of viewer 2406 in viewing space 106 , entering an indication of a predetermined location in viewing space 106 into remote device 2404 (e.g., a “location A”, a “seat D,” etc.), or providing position information in any other manner.
- Camera(s) 2510 may be present in remote device 2404 to enable optical position detection of viewer 2406 .
- camera(s) 2510 may be pointed by viewer 2406 at display device 2402 , which may display a symbol or code, and one or more images of the displayed symbol or code may be captured by camera(s) 2510 .
- Image processing system 2512 may receive the captured image(s), and determine a position of remote device 2404 relative to display device 2402 based on the captured image(s).
- camera(s) 2510 may include a pair of cameras, and image processing system 2512 may perform dual image processing to determine the position of remote device 2404 relative to display device 2402 .
- Position information 2410 is configured to transmit position information 2410 to display device 2402 from remote device 2404 .
- Position information 2410 may include a determined position for remote device 2404 (e.g., calculated by position calculator 2506 or image processing system 2512 ), and/or may include captured data (e.g., received signal data received by positioning module 2504 , images captured by camera(s) 2510 , etc.) so that display device 2402 may determine the position of remote device 2404 based on the captured data.
- Display device 2402 may have any form, such as any one or more of a display or monitor, a game console, a set top box, a stereo receiver, a computer, any other display device mentioned elsewhere herein or otherwise known, or any combination of such devices.
- Display device 2402 may be configured in various ways to enable the position of viewer 2406 to be tracked.
- FIG. 26 shows a block diagram of display device 2402 , according to an example embodiment.
- display device 2402 may include a position determiner module 2614 configured to determine a position of one or more viewers.
- Position determiner module 2614 may include a receiver 2602 , one or more transmitter(s) 2604 , a position calculator 2606 , a microphone array 2608 , one or more camera(s) 2610 , and an image processing system 2512 . Position determiner module 2614 may include one or more of these elements, depending on the particular embodiment. As shown in FIG. 26 , position determiner module 2614 generates position information 2616 based on one or more of receiver 2602 , transmitter(s) 2604 , position calculator 2606 , microphone array 2608 , camera(s) 2610 , and image processing system 2512 .
- Position information 2616 may be received by display controller 202 , and used by display controller 242 to adapt display device 2402 (e.g., adapting one or more of parallax barrier 104 , pixel array 114 , and/or backlighting 116 of FIG. 1 according to corresponding control signals) to deliver views to viewer 2406 as viewer 2406 may reposition within a viewing space.
- display controller 242 uses display controller 242 to adapt display device 2402 to deliver views to viewer 2406 as viewer 2406 may reposition within a viewing space.
- microphone array 2608 includes one or more microphones that may be positioned in various microphone locations in and/or around display device 2402 to capture sounds (e.g., voice) from viewer 2406 .
- Microphone array 2608 produces signals representative of the received sounds, which may be received by position calculator 2606 .
- Position calculator 2606 may be configured to use the received signals to determine the location of viewer 2406 .
- position calculator 2606 may use voice recognition techniques to determine that the sounds are received from viewer 2406 , and may perform audio localization techniques to determine a position of viewer 2406 based on the sounds.
- Camera(s) 2610 may be present in display device 2402 to enable optical position detection of viewer 2406 .
- camera(s) 2610 may be pointed from display device 2402 to viewing space 106 to capture images of viewer 2406 and/or remote device 2404 .
- Viewer 2406 and/or remote device 2404 may optionally display a symbol or code, and the displayed symbol or code may be captured in the images.
- Image processing system 2612 may receive the captured image(s), and determine a position of viewer 2406 and/or remote device 2404 relative to display device 2402 based on the captured image(s) (e.g., using facial recognition, image processing of the symbol or code, etc.).
- camera(s) 2610 may include a pair of cameras, and image processing system 2612 may perform dual image processing to determine the position of viewer 2406 and/or remote device 2404 relative to display device 2402 .
- transmitter(s) may be configured to transmit signals that may be received by positioning module 2504 to determine a position of remote device 2404 , as described above with respect to FIG. 25 .
- Receiver 2602 may be configured to receive position information 2410 from remote device 2404 .
- position information 2410 may include a determined position for remote device 2404 and/or may include captured data (e.g., received signal data, images, etc.).
- Display device 2402 may determine the position of remote device 2404 based on the captured data.
- position calculator 2506 may determine a position of remote device 2404 based on the signal data received by positioning module 2504 at remote device 2404 .
- image processing system 2512 may determine a position of remote device 2404 based on the images captured by camera(s) 2510 at remote device 2404 .
- each viewer may be tracked in a similar manner (e.g., each viewer may have a corresponding remote device 2404 ) so that display device 2402 may be adapted to deliver views to the multiple viewers as they may reposition within the viewing space.
- Display controller 202 , pixel array controller 204 , barrier array controller 206 , pixel array controller 228 , light source controller 230 , slit spacing calculator 902 , positioning module 2504 , position calculator 2506 , image processing system 2512 , position determiner module 2614 , position calculator 2606 , and image processing system 2612 may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof.
- display controller 202 may be implemented as computer program code configured to be executed in one or more processors.
- pixel array controller 204 may be implemented as computer program code configured to be executed in one or more processors.
- barrier array controller 206 may be implemented as pixel array controller 228 , light source controller 230 , slit spacing calculator 902 , positioning module 2504 , position calculator 2506 , image processing system 2512 , position determiner module 2614 , position calculator 2606 , and/or image processing system 2612 may be implemented as computer program code configured to be executed in one or more processors.
- display controller 202 may be implemented as hardware logic/electrical circuitry.
- pixel array controller 204 may be implemented as hardware logic/electrical circuitry.
- barrier array controller 206 may be implemented as pixel array controller 228 , light source controller 230 , slit spacing calculator 902 , positioning module 2504 , position calculator 2506 , image processing system 2512 , position determiner module 2614 , position calculator 2606 , and/or image processing system 2612 may be implemented as hardware logic/electrical circuitry.
- FIG. 27 shows a block diagram of an example implementation of display controller 202 , according to an embodiment.
- display controller 202 may include one or more of the elements shown in FIG. 27 .
- display controller 202 may include one or more processors (also called central processing units, or CPUs), such as a processor 2704 .
- processors also called central processing units, or CPUs
- Processor 2704 is connected to a communication infrastructure 2702 , such as a communication bus.
- processor 2704 can simultaneously operate multiple computing threads.
- Display controller 202 also includes a primary or main memory 2706 , such as random access memory (RAM).
- Main memory 2706 has stored therein control logic 2728 A (computer software), and data.
- Display controller 202 also includes one or more secondary storage devices 2710 .
- Secondary storage devices 2710 include, for example, a hard disk drive 2712 and/or a removable storage device or drive 2714 , as well as other types of storage devices, such as memory cards and memory sticks.
- display controller 202 may include an industry standard interface, such a universal serial bus (USB) interface for interfacing with devices such as a memory stick.
- Removable storage drive 2714 represents a floppy disk drive, a magnetic tape drive, a compact disk drive, an optical storage device, tape backup, etc.
- Removable storage drive 2714 interacts with a removable storage unit 2716 .
- Removable storage unit 2716 includes a computer useable or readable storage medium 2724 having stored therein computer software 2728 B (control logic) and/or data.
- Removable storage unit 2716 represents a floppy disk, magnetic tape, compact disk, DVD, optical storage disk, or any other computer data storage device.
- Removable storage drive 2714 reads from and/or writes to removable storage unit 2716 in a well known manner.
- Display controller 202 further includes a communication or network interface 2718 .
- Communication interface 2718 enables the display controller 202 to communicate with remote devices.
- communication interface 2718 allows display controller 202 to communicate over communication networks or mediums 2742 (representing a form of a computer useable or readable medium), such as LANs, WANs, the Internet, etc.
- Network interface 2718 may interface with remote sites or networks via wired or wireless connections.
- Control logic 2728 C may be transmitted to and from display controller 202 via the communication medium 2742 .
- Any apparatus or manufacture comprising a computer useable or readable medium having control logic (software) stored therein is referred to herein as a computer program product or program storage device.
- Devices in which embodiments may be implemented may include storage, such as storage drives, memory devices, and further types of computer-readable media.
- Examples of such computer-readable storage media include a hard disk, a removable magnetic disk, a removable optical disk, flash memory cards, digital video disks, random access memories (RAMs), read only memories (ROM), and the like.
- computer program medium and “computer-readable medium” are used to generally refer to the hard disk associated with a hard disk drive, a removable magnetic disk, a removable optical disk (e.g., CDROMs, DVDs, etc.), zip disks, tapes, magnetic storage devices, MEMS (micro-electromechanical systems) storage, nanotechnology-based storage devices, as well as other media such as flash memory cards, digital video discs, RAM devices, ROM devices, and the like.
- Such computer-readable storage media may store program modules that include computer program logic for display controller 202 , pixel array controller 204 , barrier array controller 206 , pixel array controller 228 , light source controller 230 , slit spacing calculator 902 , positioning module 2504 , position calculator 2506 , image processing system 2512 , position determiner module 2614 , position calculator 2606 , image processing system 2612 , flowchart 600 , step 1202 , step 1302 , flowchart 1600 , step 1802 , flowchart 2000 (including any one or more steps of flowcharts 600 , 1600 , and 2000 ), and/or further embodiments of the present invention described herein.
- Embodiments of the invention are directed to computer program products comprising such logic (e.g., in the form of program code or software) stored on any computer useable medium.
- Such program code when executed in one or more processors, causes a device to operate as described herein.
- the invention can work with software, hardware, and/or operating system implementations other than those described herein. Any software, hardware, and operating system implementations suitable for performing the functions described herein can be used.
- display controller 202 may be implemented in association with a variety of types of display devices. Such display devices may be implemented in or in association with a variety of types of media devices, such as a stand-alone display (e.g., a television display such as flat panel display, etc.), a computer, a game console, a set top box, a digital video recorder (DVR), etc.
- Media content that is delivered in two-dimensional or three-dimensional form according to embodiments described herein may be stored locally or received from remote locations. For instance, such media content may be locally stored for playback (replay TV, DVR), may be stored in removable memory (e.g.
- FIG. 27 shows a first media content 2730 A that is stored in hard disk drive 2712 , a second media content 2730 B that is stored in storage medium 2724 of removable storage unit 2716 , and a third media content 2730 C that may be remotely stored and received over communication medium 2722 by communication interface 2718 .
- Media content 2730 may be stored and/or received in these manners and/or in other ways.
Abstract
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/291,818, filed on Dec. 31, 2009, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety; and
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/303,119, filed on Feb. 10, 2010, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to three-dimensional image displays.
- 2. Background Art
- Images may be generated for display in various forms. For instance, television (TV) is a widely used telecommunication medium for transmitting and displaying images in monochromatic (“black and white”) or color form. Conventionally, images are provided in analog form and are displayed by display devices in two-dimensions. More recently, images are being provided in digital form for display in two-dimensions on display devices having improved resolution (e.g., “high definition” or “HD”). Even more recently, images capable of being displayed in three-dimensions are being generated.
- Conventional displays may use a variety of techniques to achieve three-dimensional image viewing functionality. For example, various types of glasses have been developed that may be worn by users to view three-dimensional images displayed by a conventional display. Examples of such glasses include glasses that utilize color filters or polarized filters. In each case, the lenses of the glasses pass two-dimensional images of differing perspective to the user's left and right eyes. The images are combined in the visual center of the brain of the user to be perceived as a three-dimensional image. In another example, synchronized left eye, right eye LCD (liquid crystal display) shutter glasses may be used with conventional two-dimensional displays to create a three-dimensional viewing illusion. In still another example, LCD display glasses are being used to display three-dimensional images to a user. The lenses of the LCD display glasses include corresponding displays that provide images of differing perspective to the user's eyes, to be perceived by the user as three-dimensional.
- Problems exist with such techniques for viewing three-dimensional images. For instance, persons that use such displays and systems to view three-dimensional images may suffer from headaches, eyestrain, and/or nausea after long exposure. Furthermore, some content, such as two-dimensional text, may be more difficult to read and interpret when displayed three-dimensionally. To address these problems, some manufacturers have created display devices that may be toggled between three-dimensional viewing and two-dimensional viewing. A display device of this type may be switched to a three-dimensional mode for viewing of three-dimensional images, and may be switched to a two-dimensional mode for viewing of two-dimensional images (and/or to provide a respite from the viewing of three-dimensional images).
- A parallax barrier is another example of a device that enables images to be displayed in three-dimensions. A parallax barrier includes of a layer of material with a series of precision slits. The parallax barrier is placed proximal to a display so that a user's eyes each see a different set of pixels to create a sense of depth through parallax. A disadvantage of parallax barriers is that the viewer must be positioned in a well-defined location in order to experience the three-dimensional effect. If the viewer moves his/her eyes away from this “sweet spot,” image flipping and/or exacerbation of the eyestrain, headaches and nausea that may be associated with prolonged three-dimensional image viewing may result. Conventional three-dimensional displays that utilize parallax barriers are also constrained in that the displays must be entirely in a two-dimensional image mode or a three-dimensional image mode at any time.
- Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for displays having adaptable parallax barriers substantially as shown in and/or described herein in connection with at least one of the figures, as set forth more completely in the claims.
- The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated herein and form a part of the specification, illustrate the present invention and, together with the description, further serve to explain the principles of the invention and to enable a person skilled in the pertinent art to make and use the invention.
-
FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of a display system, according to an example embodiment. -
FIGS. 2A and 2B show block diagrams of examples of the display system ofFIG. 1 , according to embodiments. -
FIG. 3 shows a view of a surface of a parallax barrier, according to an example embodiment. -
FIGS. 4 and 5 show views of a barrier element of a barrier element array that is selected to be transparent and to be opaque, respectively, according to example embodiments. -
FIG. 6 shows a flowchart for generating three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 7 shows a cross-sectional view of an example of a display system, according to an embodiment. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B shows view of example parallax barriers with non-blocking slits, according to embodiments. -
FIG. 9 shows a block diagram of a barrier array controller, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 10 shows an example display system configured to generate three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 11 shows the display system ofFIG. 7 providing a three-dimensional image to a user, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 12 shows a process for forming a two-dimensional image, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 13 shows a process for modifying a parallax barrier to modify display characteristics, according to example embodiments. -
FIG. 14 shows a view of the parallax barrier ofFIG. 3 with increased spacing between non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 15 shows a display system with increased spacing between non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 16 shows a flowchart for configuring a parallax barrier to enable two or more three-dimensional views to be simultaneously delivered to a viewer, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 17 shows a view of the parallax barrier ofFIG. 3 with portions having different width non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 18 shows a process for configuring a parallax barrier to display differently oriented three-dimensional images, according to example embodiments. -
FIG. 19 shows a view of the parallax barrier ofFIG. 3 with differently oriented non-blocking slits, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 20 shows a flowchart that may be performed to enable the simultaneous display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 21 shows a display system configured to simultaneously generate two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment. -
FIGS. 22 and 23 show views of the barrier element array ofFIG. 3 configured to enable the simultaneous display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images of various sizes and shapes, according to example embodiments. -
FIG. 24 shows a block diagram of a display environment, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 25 shows a block diagram of a remote device, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 26 shows a block diagram of a display device, according to an example embodiment. -
FIG. 27 shows a block diagram of an example display controller, according to an embodiment. - The present invention will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. In the drawings, like reference numbers indicate identical or functionally similar elements. Additionally, the left-most digit(s) of a reference number identifies the drawing in which the reference number first appears.
- The present specification discloses one or more embodiments that incorporate the features of the invention. The disclosed embodiment(s) merely exemplify the invention. The scope of the invention is not limited to the disclosed embodiment(s). The invention is defined by the claims appended hereto.
- References in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an example embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may not necessarily include the particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described.
- Furthermore, it should be understood that spatial descriptions (e.g., “above,” “below,” “up,” “left,” “right,” “down,” “top,” “bottom,” “vertical,” “horizontal,” etc.) used herein are for purposes of illustration only, and that practical implementations of the structures described herein can be spatially arranged in any orientation or manner.
- Embodiments of the present invention relate to display devices that include a parallax barrier that may be dynamically modified, thereby changing the manner in which images are delivered to the eyes of one or more viewers. The parallax barrier may be configured to enable the adaptive display of multiple types of images to users. For instance, embodiments enable the adaptive accommodation of a changing viewer sweet spot, switching between two-dimensional (2D), stereoscopic three-dimensional (3D), and multi-view 3D images, as well as the simultaneous display of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D images. Example features of the parallax barrier that may be dynamically modified include one or more of a number of slits in the parallax barrier, the dimensions of each slit, the spacing between the slits, and the orientation of the slits. Slits of the parallax barrier may also be turned on or off in relation to certain regions of the screen such that simultaneous mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D presentations can be accommodated.
- The following subsections describe numerous example embodiments of the present invention. It will be apparent to persons skilled in the relevant art that various changes in form and detail can be made to the embodiments described herein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, the breadth and scope of the present invention should not be limited by any of exemplary embodiments described herein.
- A. Example Display System and Method Embodiments
- In embodiments, a display device may include an adaptive parallax barrier to enable various display capabilities. For instance,
FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of adisplay system 100, according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 1 ,system 100 includes adisplay device 112.Display device 112 is capable of displaying 2D and 3D images as described above. As shown inFIG. 1 ,display device 112 includes animage generator 102 and aparallax barrier 104. Furthermore, as shown inFIG. 1 ,image generator 102 includes apixel array 114 and may optionally includebacklighting 116.Image generator 102 andparallax barrier 104 operate to generate 2D and/or 3D images that are viewable by users/viewers in aviewing space 106. Althoughparallax barrier 104 is shown positioned betweenimage generator 102 andviewing space 106 inFIG. 1 , as further described below,parallax barrier 104 may alternatively be positioned between portions of image generator 102 (e.g., betweenpixel array 114 and backlighting 116). - When present, backlighting 116 emits light that is filtered by
parallax barrier 104, and the filtered light is received bypixel array 114, which imposes image information on the filtered light by performing further filtering. When backlighting 116 is not present,pixel array 114 may be configured to emit light which includes the image information, and the emitted light is filtered byparallax barrier 104.Parallax barrier 104 operates as an image filter or “light manipulator” to filter received light with a plurality of barrier elements (also referred to as “blocking regions”) that are selectively substantially opaque or transparent to enable three-dimensional images to be generated from the image information provided bypixel array 114. The image information may include one or more still images, motion (e.g., video) images, etc. As shown inFIG. 1 ,image generator 102 andparallax barrier 104 generate filteredlight 110. Filtered light 110 may include one or more two-dimensional images and/or three-dimensional images (e.g., formed by a pair of two-dimensional images in filtered light 110), for instance. Filtered light 110 is received inviewing space 106 proximate to displaydevice 112. One or more users may be present inviewing space 106 to view the images included in filteredlight 110. -
Display device 112 may be implemented in various ways. For instance,display device 112 may be a television display (e.g., an LCD (liquid crystal display) television, a plasma television, etc.), a computer monitor, or any other type of display device.Image generator 102 may be any suitable type or combination of light and image generating devices, including an LCD screen, a plasma screen, an LED (light emitting device) screen (e.g., an OLED (organic LED) screen), etc.Parallax barrier 104 may be any suitable light filtering device, including an LCD filter, a mechanical filter (e.g., that incorporates individually controllable shutters), etc., and may be configured in any manner, including as a thin-film device (e.g., formed of a stack of thin film layers), etc. Backlighting 116 may be any suitable light emitting device, including a panel of LEDs or other light emitting elements. -
FIG. 2A shows a block diagram of adisplay system 200, which is an example ofsystem 100 shown inFIG. 1 , according to an embodiment. As shown inFIG. 2A ,system 200 includes adisplay device controller 202 and a display device 250 (which includesimage generator 102 and parallax barrier 104).Display device 250 is an example ofdisplay device 112 inFIG. 1 . As shown inFIG. 2A ,image generator 102 includes a pixel array 208 (which is an example ofpixel array 114 ofFIG. 1 ), andparallax barrier 104 includes abarrier element array 210. Furthermore, as shown inFIG. 2A ,display controller 202 includes apixel array controller 204 and abarrier array controller 206. These features ofsystem 200 are described as follows. -
Pixel array 208 includes a two-dimensional array of pixels (e.g., arranged in a grid or other distribution).Pixel array 208 is a self-illuminating or light-generating pixel array such that the pixels ofpixel array 208 each emit light included in light 252 emitted fromimage generator 102. Each pixel may be a separately addressable light source (e.g., a pixel of a plasma display, an LCD display, an LED display such as an OLED display, or of other type of display). Each pixel ofpixel array 208 may be individually controllable to vary color and intensity. In an embodiment, each pixel ofpixel array 208 may include a plurality of sub-pixels that correspond to separate color channels, such as a trio of red, green, and blue sub-pixels included in each pixel. -
Parallax barrier 104 is positioned proximate to a surface ofpixel array 208.Barrier element array 210 is a layer ofparallax barrier 104 that includes a plurality of barrier elements or blocking regions arranged in an array. Each barrier element of the array is configured to be selectively opaque or transparent. For instance,FIG. 3 shows aparallax barrier 300, according to an example embodiment.Parallax barrier 300 is an example ofparallax barrier 104 ofFIG. 2A . As shown inFIG. 3 ,parallax barrier 300 includes abarrier element array 302.Barrier element array 302 includes a plurality ofbarrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array (e.g., arranged in a grid), although in other embodiments, may includebarrier elements 304 arranged in other ways.Barrier elements 304 may each be a pixel of an LCD, a moveable mechanical element (e.g., a hinged flap that passes light in a first position and blocks light in a second position), a magnetically actuated element, or other suitable barrier element. Eachbarrier element 304 is shown inFIG. 3 as rectangular (e.g., square) in shape, but in other embodiments may have other shapes. - For example, in one embodiment, each
barrier element 304 may have a “band” shape that extends a vertical length ofbarrier element array 302, such thatbarrier element array 302 includes a single horizontal row ofbarrier elements 304. Eachbarrier element 304 may include one or more of such bands, and different portions ofbarrier element array 302 may includebarrier elements 304 that include different numbers of such bands. One advantage of such a configuration is thatbarrier elements 304 extending a vertical length ofbarrier element array 302 do not need to have spacing between them because there is no need for drive signal routing in such space. For instance, in a two-dimensional LCD array configuration, such as TFT (thin film transistor) display, a transistor-plus-capacitor circuit is typically placed onsite at the corner of a single pixel in the array, and control signals for such transistors are routed between the LCD pixels (row-column control, for example). In a pixel configuration for a parallax barrier, local transistor control may not be necessary becausebarrier elements 304 may not need to be changing as rapidly as display pixels (e.g., pixels of pixel array 208). For a single row of vertical bands ofbarrier elements 304, control signals may be routed to the top and/or bottom ofbarrier elements 304. Because in such a configuration control signal routing between rows is not needed, the vertical bands can be arranged side-by-side with little-to-no space in between. Thus, if the vertical bands are thin and oriented edge-to-edge, one band or multiple adjacent bands (e.g., five bands) may comprise abarrier element 304 in a blocking state, followed by one band or multiple adjacent bands (e.g., two bands) that comprise abarrier element 304 in a non-blocking state (a slit), and so on. In the example of five bands in a blocking state and two bands in a non-blocking state, the five bands may combine to offer a single black barrier element of approximately 2.5 times the width of a single transparent slit with no spaces therein. -
Barrier element array 302 may include any number ofbarrier elements 304. For example, inFIG. 3 ,barrier element array 302 includes twenty-eightbarrier elements 304 along an x-axis and includes twentybarrier elements 304 along a y-axis, for a total number of five hundred and sixtybarrier elements 304. However, these dimensions ofbarrier element array 302 and the total number ofbarrier elements 304 forbarrier element array 302 shown inFIG. 3 are provided for illustrative purposes, and are not intended to be limiting.Barrier element array 302 may include any number ofbarrier elements 304, and may have any array dimensions, including ones, tens, hundreds, thousands, or even larger numbers ofbarrier elements 304 along each of the x- and y-axes.Barrier element array 302 ofFIG. 3 is merely illustrative of larger barrier arrays that may be typically present in embodiments ofparallax barrier 104. In embodiments, the width of one barrier element in a barrier element array may be a multiple or divisor of a corresponding display pixel width (e.g., a width of a pixel of pixel array 114). Similarly, a number of columns/rows in a barrier element array may be a multiple or divisor of a corresponding number of columns/rows of pixels in a corresponding pixel array. - Each
barrier element 304 ofbarrier element array 302 is selectable to be substantially opaque or transparent. For instance,FIG. 4 shows abarrier element 304 x that is selected to be substantially transparent, andFIG. 5 showsbarrier element 304 x when selected to be substantially opaque, according to example embodiments. Whenbarrier element 304 x is selected to be transparent, light 252 frompixel array 208 may pass throughbarrier element 304 x (e.g., to viewing space 106). Whenbarrier element 304 x is selected to be opaque, light 252 frompixel array 208 is blocked from passing throughbarrier element 304 x. By selecting some ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent, and some ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be opaque, light 252 received atbarrier element array 302 is filtered to generate filteredlight 110. It is noted that in some embodiments, barrier elements may capable of being completely transparent or opaque, and in other embodiments, barrier elements may not be capable of being fully transparent or opaque. For instance, such barrier elements may be capable of being 95% transparent when considered to be “transparent” and may be capable of being 5% transparent when considered to be “opaque.” “Transparent” and “opaque” as used herein are intended to encompass barrier elements being substantially transparent (e.g., greater than 75% transparent, including completely transparent) and substantially opaque (e.g., less than 25% transparent, including completely opaque), respectively. -
Display controller 202 is configured to generate control signals to enabledisplay device 250 to display two-dimensional and three-dimensional images tousers 218 inviewing space 106. For example,pixel array controller 204 is configured to generate acontrol signal 214 that is received bypixel array 208.Control signal 214 may include one or more control signals used to cause pixels ofpixel array 208 to emit light 252 of particular desired colors and/or intensity.Barrier array controller 206 is configured to generate acontrol signal 216 that is received bybarrier element array 210.Control signal 216 may include one or more control signals used to cause each ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent or opaque. In this manner,barrier element array 210 filters light 252 to generate filtered light 110 that includes one or more two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional images that may be viewed byusers 218 inviewing space 106. - For example,
control signal 214 may control sets of pixels ofpixel array 208 to each emit light representative of a respective image, to provide a plurality of images.Control signal 216 may controlbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 210 to filter the light received frompixel array 208 according to the provided images such that one or more of the images are received byusers 218 in two-dimensional form. For instance,control signal 216 may select one or more sets ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent, to transmit one or more corresponding two-dimensional images or views tousers 218. Furthermore,control signal 216 may control sections ofbarrier element array 210 to include opaque andtransparent barrier elements 304 to filter the light received frompixel array 208 so that one or more pairs of images or views provided bypixel array 208 are each received byusers 218 as a corresponding three-dimensional image or view. For example,control signal 216 may select parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent to form slits that enable three-dimensional images to be received byusers 218. - In embodiments,
control signal 216 may be generated bybarrier array controller 206 to configure one or more characteristics ofbarrier element array 210. For example,control signal 216 may be generated to form any number of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent, to modify the number and/or spacing of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 that are transparent, to select and/or modify a width and/or a length (in barrier elements 304) of one or more strips ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 that are transparent or opaque, to select and/or modify an orientation of one or more strips ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 that are transparent, to select one or more areas ofbarrier element array 302 to include all transparent or allopaque barrier elements 304, etc. -
FIG. 2B shows a block diagram of adisplay system 220, which is another example ofsystem 100 shown inFIG. 1 , according to an embodiment. As shown inFIG. 2B ,system 220 includesdisplay device controller 202 and adisplay device 260, which includes apixel array 222,parallax barrier 104, andbacklighting 116.Display device 260 is an example ofdisplay device 112 inFIG. 1 . As shown inFIG. 2B ,parallax barrier 104 includesbarrier element array 210 andbacklighting 116 includes alight element array 236. Furthermore,display controller 202 includes apixel array controller 228,barrier array controller 206, and alight source controller 230. Although separated byparallax barrier 104 inFIG. 2B ,pixel array 222 andbacklighting 116 form an example ofimage generator 102 ofFIG. 1 . These features ofsystem 220 are described as follows. - Backlighting 116 is a backlight panel that emits light 238. Light element array 236 (or “backlight array”) of
backlighting 116 includes a two-dimensional array of light sources. Such light sources may be arranged, for example, in a rectangular grid. Each light source inlight element array 236 is individually addressable and controllable to select an amount of light emitted thereby. A single light source may comprise one or more light-emitting elements depending upon the implementation. In one embodiment, each light source inlight element array 236 comprises a single light-emitting diode (LED) although this example is not intended to be limiting. -
Parallax barrier 104 is positioned proximate to a surface of backlighting 116 (e.g., a surface of the backlight panel). As described above,barrier element array 210 is a layer ofparallax barrier 104 that includes a plurality of barrier elements or blocking regions arranged in an array. Each barrier element of the array is configured to be selectively opaque or transparent.FIG. 3 , as described above, shows aparallax barrier 300, which is an example ofparallax barrier 104 ofFIG. 2B .Barrier element array 210 filters light 238 received from backlighting 116 to generate filteredlight 240. Filtered light 240 is configured to enable a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image (e.g., formed by a pair of two-dimensional images in filtered light 110) to be formed based on images subsequently imposed on filtered light 240 bypixel array 222. - Similarly to
pixel array 208 ofFIG. 2A ,pixel array 222 ofFIG. 2B includes a two-dimensional array of pixels (e.g., arranged in a grid or other distribution). However,pixel array 222 is not self-illuminating, and instead is a light filter that imposes images (e.g., in the form of color, grayscale, etc.) on filtered light 240 fromparallax barrier 104 to generate filtered light 110 to include one or more images. Each pixel ofpixel array 222 may be a separately addressable filter (e.g., a pixel of a plasma display, an LCD display, an LED display, or of other type of display). Each pixel ofpixel array 208 may be individually controllable to vary the color imposed on the corresponding light passing through, and/or to vary the intensity of the passed light in filteredlight 110. In an embodiment, each pixel ofpixel array 222 may include a plurality of sub-pixels that correspond to separate color channels, such as a trio of red, green, and blue sub-pixels included in each pixel. -
Display controller 202 ofFIG. 2B is configured to generate control signals to enabledisplay device 260 to display two-dimensional and three-dimensional images tousers 218 inviewing space 106. For example,light source controller 230 withindisplay controller 202 controls the amount of light emitted by each light source inlight element array 236 by generating acontrol signal 234 that is received bylight element array 236.Control signal 234 may include one or more control signals used to control the amount of light emitted by each light source inlight element array 236 to generate light 238. As described above,barrier array controller 206 is configured to generate control signal 216 received bybarrier element array 210.Control signal 216 may include one or more control signals used to cause each ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent or opaque, to filter light 238 to generate filteredlight 240.Pixel array controller 228 is configured to generate acontrol signal 232 that is received bypixel array 222.Control signal 232 may include one or more control signals used to cause pixels ofpixel array 208 to impose desired images (e.g., colors, grayscale, etc.) on filtered light 240 as it passes throughpixel array 208. In this manner,pixel array 222 generates filtered light 110 that includes one or more two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional images that may be viewed byusers 218 inviewing space 106. - For example,
control signal 234 may control sets of light sources oflight element array 236 to emit light 238.Control signal 216 may controlbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 210 to filter light 238 received fromlight element array 236 to enable filtered light 240 to enable two- and/or three-dimensionality.Control signal 232 may control sets of pixels ofpixel array 222 to filter filtered light 240 according to respective images, to provide a plurality of images. For instance,control signal 216 may select one or more sets of thebarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent, to enable one or more corresponding two-dimensional images to be delivered tousers 218. Furthermore,control signal 216 may control sections ofbarrier element array 210 to include opaque andtransparent barrier elements 304 to filter the light received fromlight element array 236 so that one or more pairs of images provided bypixel array 222 are each enabled to be received byusers 218 as a corresponding three-dimensional image. For example,control signal 216 may select parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 ofbarrier element array 302 to be transparent to form slits that enable three-dimensional images to be received byusers 218. - Two-dimensional and three-dimensional images may be generated by
system 100 ofFIG. 1 in various ways, in embodiments. For instance,FIG. 6 shows aflowchart 600 for generating images that are delivered to users in a viewing space, according to an example embodiment.Flowchart 600 may be performed bysystem 200 inFIG. 2A orsystem 220 ofFIG. 2B , for example.Flowchart 600 is described with respect toFIG. 7 , which shows a cross-sectional view of adisplay system 700.Display system 700 is an example embodiment ofsystem 200 shown inFIG. 2A , and is shown for purposes of illustration. As shown inFIG. 7 ,system 700 includes apixel array 702 and abarrier element array 704. In another embodiment,system 700 may further include backlighting in a configuration similar todisplay system 220 ofFIG. 2B . Further structural and operational embodiments will be apparent to persons skilled in the relevant art(s) based on thediscussion regarding flowchart 600.Flowchart 600 is described as follows. -
Flowchart 600 begins withstep 602. Instep 602, light is received at an array of barrier elements. For example, as shown inFIG. 2A , light 252 is received atparallax barrier 104 frompixel array 208 ofimage generator 102. Each pixel ofpixel array 208 may generate light that is received atparallax barrier 104. As described as follows, depending on the particular display mode ofparallax barrier 104,parallax barrier 104 may filter light 252 frompixel array 208 to generate a two-dimensional image or a three-dimensional image viewable inviewing space 106 byusers 218. As described above with respect toFIG. 2B , alternatively, light 238 may be received byparallax barrier 104 fromlight element array 236. - In
step 604, a first set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements is configured in the blocking state and a second set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements is configured in the non-blocking state to enable a viewer to be delivered a three-dimensional view. Three-dimensional image content may be provided for viewing inviewing space 106. In such case, referring toFIG. 2A or 2B,barrier array controller 206 may generate control signal 216 to configurebarrier element array 210 to include transparent strips of barrier elements to enable a three-dimensional view to be formed. For example, as shown inFIG. 7 ,barrier element array 704 includes a plurality of barrier elements that are each either transparent (in a non-blocking state) or opaque (in a blocking state). Barrier elements that are blocking are indicated as barrier elements 710 a-710 f, and barrier elements that are non-blocking are indicated as barrier elements 712 a-712 e. Further barrier elements may be included inbarrier element array 704 that are not visible inFIG. 7 . Each of barrier elements 710 a-710 f and 712 a-712 e may include one or more barrier elements. Barrier elements 710 alternate with barrier elements 712 in series in the order ofbarrier elements barrier element array 704. - For instance,
FIG. 8A shows a view ofparallax barrier 300 ofFIG. 3 with transparent slits, according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 8A ,parallax barrier 300 includesbarrier element array 302, which includes a plurality ofbarrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array. Furthermore, as shown inFIG. 8A ,barrier element array 302 includes a plurality of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips (or “slits”) 802 a-802 g. As shown inFIG. 8A , parallel non-blocking strips 802 a-802 g (non-blocking slits) are alternated with parallel blocking or blocking strips 804 a-804 g ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be blocking. In the example ofFIG. 8A , non-blocking strips 802 a-802 g and blocking strips 804 a-804 g each have a width (along the x-dimension) of twobarrier elements 304, and have lengths that extend along the entire y-dimension (twenty barrier elements 304) ofbarrier element array 304, although in other embodiments, may have alternative dimensions. Non-blocking strips 802 a-802 g and blocking strips 804 a-804 g form a parallax barrier configuration forparallax barrier 300. The spacing (and number) of parallel non-blocking strips 802 inbarrier element array 704 may be selectable by choosing any number and combination of particular strips ofbarrier elements 304 inbarrier element array 302 to be non-blocking, to be alternated with blocking strips 804, as desired. -
FIG. 8B shows aparallax barrier 310 that is another example ofbarrier element array 704 with parallel transparent slits, according to an embodiment. Similarly toparallax barrier 300 ofFIG. 8A ,parallax barrier 310 has includes abarrier element array 312, which includes a plurality ofbarrier elements 314 arranged in a two-dimensional array (28 by 1 array).Barrier elements 314 have widths (along the x-dimension) similar to the widths ofbarrier elements 304 inFIG. 8A , but have lengths that extend along the entire vertical length (y-dimension) ofbarrier element array 314. As shown inFIG. 8B ,barrier element array 312 includes parallel non-blocking strips 802 a-802 g alternated with parallel blocking strips 804 a-804 g. In the example ofFIG. 8B , parallel non-blocking strips 802 a-802 g and parallel blocking strips 804 a-804 g each have a width (along the x-dimension) of twobarrier elements 314, and have lengths that extend along the entire y-dimension (one barrier element 314) ofbarrier element array 312. - Referring back to
FIG. 6 , instep 606, the light is filtered at the array of barrier elements to form the three-dimensional view in a viewing space.Barrier element array 210 ofparallax barrier 210 is configured to filter light 252 received from pixel array 208 (FIG. 2A ) or light 238 received from light element array 236 (FIG. 2B ) according to whetherbarrier element array 210 is transparent or non-blocking (e.g., in a two-dimensional mode) or includes parallel non-blocking strips (e.g., in a three-dimensional mode). If one or more portions ofbarrier element array 210 are transparent (e.g.,barrier element array 302 is shown entirely transparent inFIG. 3 ), those portions ofbarrier element array 210 function as “all pass” filters to substantially pass all of light 252 as filtered light 110 to deliver one or more corresponding two-dimensional images generated bypixel array 208 toviewing space 106, to be viewable as a two-dimensional images in a similar fashion as a conventional display. Ifbarrier element array 210 includes one or more portions having parallel non-blocking strips (e.g., as shown forbarrier element array 302 inFIGS. 8A and 8B ), those portions ofbarrier element array 210 pass a portion of light 252 as filtered light 110 to deliver one or more corresponding three-dimensional images toviewing space 106. - For example, as shown in
FIG. 7 ,pixel array 702 includes a plurality of pixels 714 a-714 d and 716 a-716 d. Pixels 714 alternate with pixels 716, such that pixels 714 a-714 d and 716 a-716 d are arranged in series in the order ofpixels pixel array 702 that are not visible inFIG. 7 , including further pixels along the width dimension of pixel array 702 (e.g., in the left-right directions) as well as pixels along a length dimension of pixel array 702 (not visible inFIG. 7 ). Each of pixels 714 a-714 d and 716 a-716 d generates light, which emanates fromdisplay surface 724 of pixel array 702 (e.g., generally upward inFIG. 7 ) towardsbarrier element array 704. Some example indications of light emanating from pixels 714 a-714 d and 716 a-716 d are shown inFIG. 7 (as dotted lines), including light 724 a and light 718 a emanating frompixel 714 a, light 724 b, light 718 b, and light 724 c emanating frompixel 714 b, etc. - Furthermore, light emanating from
pixel array 702 is filtered bybarrier element array 704 to form a plurality of images in aviewing space 726, including afirst image 706 a at afirst location 708 a and asecond image 706 b at asecond location 708 b. A portion of the light emanating frompixel array 702 is blocked by blocking barrier elements 710, while another portion of the light emanating frompixel array 702 passes through non-blocking barrier elements 712, according to the filtering bybarrier element array 704. For instance, light 724 a frompixel 714 a is blocked by blockingbarrier element 710 a, and light 724 b and light 724 c frompixel 714 b are blocked by blocking barrier elements 710 b and 710 c, respectively. In contrast, light 718 a frompixel 714 a is passed bynon-blocking barrier element 712 a and light 718 b frompixel 714 b is passed by non-blocking barrier element 712 b. - By forming parallel non-blocking slits in a barrier element array, light from a pixel array can be filtered to form multiple images or views in a viewing space. For instance,
system 700 shown inFIG. 7 is configured to form first andsecond images locations distance 728 from pixel array 702 (as shown inFIG. 7 , further instances of first andsecond images viewing space 726 according tosystem 700, in a repeating, alternating fashion). As described above,pixel array 702 includes a first set of pixels 714 a-714 d and a second set of pixels 716 a-716 d. Pixels 714 a-714 d correspond tofirst image 706 a and pixels 716 a-716 d correspond tosecond image 706 b. Due to the spacing of pixels 714 a-714 d and 716 a-716 d inpixel array 702, and the geometry of non-blocking barrier elements 712 inbarrier element array 704, first andsecond images locations FIG. 7 , light 718 a-718 d from the first set of pixels 714 a-714 d is focused atlocation 708 a to formfirst image 706 a atlocation 708 a. Light 720 a-720 d from the second set of pixels 716 a-716 d is focused atlocation 708 b to formsecond image 706 b atlocation 708 b. -
FIG. 7 shows a slit spacing 722 (center-to-center) of non-blocking barrier elements 712 inbarrier element array 704. Spacing 722 may be determined to select locations for parallel non-blocking slits to be formed inbarrier element array 704 for aparticular image distance 728 at which images are desired to be formed (for viewing by users). For example, in an embodiment, if a spacing of pixels 714 a-714 d corresponding to an image is known, and adistance 728 at which the image is desired to be displayed is known, the spacing 722 between adjacent parallel non-blocking slits inbarrier element array 704 may be selected. As shown inFIG. 9 , in an embodiment, barrier array controller 206 (ofFIG. 2A or 2B) may include aslit spacing calculator 902.Slit spacing calculator 902 is configured to calculate spacing 722 for a particular spacing of pixels and a desired distance for the corresponding image to be formed, according to corresponding parallax barrier configurations. - For instance,
FIG. 10 shows anexample display system 1000, according to an example embodiment.Display system 1000 is generally similar tosystem 700 shown inFIG. 7 , and includespixel array 702 andbarrier element array 704.Pixel array 702 includes pixels 714 a-714 d and 716 a-716 d, andbarrier element array 704 includes blocking barrier elements 710 a-710 f and non-blocking barrier elements 712 a-712 e. Animage 1002 is desired to be formed at animage distance 1004 frompixel array 702 based on pixels 714 a-714 d.Barrier element array 704 is separated frompixel array 702 by adistance 1012. Adjacent pixels of pixels 714 a-714 d (corresponding to the desired image) are separated by apixel separation distance 1006. Spacing 722 for adjacent non-blocking barrier elements 712 a-712 e (corresponding to non-blocking slits) is desired to be selected to enableimage 1002 to be formed atdistance 1004 frompixel array 702. For the configuration ofdisplay system 1000 inFIG. 10 , the following equation (Equation 1) holds: -
distance 1006/distance 1004=spacing 722/(distance 1004−distance 1012)Equation 1 - As such,
spacing 722 may be calculated (e.g., by slit spacing calculator 902) according toEquation 2 shown below, where slit spacing 722 is less than pixel separation distance 1006: -
spacing 722=distance 1006×(distance 1004−distance 1012)/distance 1004Equation 2 - For instance, in one example embodiment,
distance 1006 may equal 1.0 mm,distance 1004 may equal 2.0 meters, anddistance 1012 may equal 5.0 mm. In such an example, spacing 722 may be calculated according toEquation 2 as follows: -
spacing 722=1.0×(2000−5)/2000=0.9975 mm - In the above example, the centers of adjacent non-blocking barrier elements 712 a-712 e may be separated by spacing 722 of 0.9975 mm to form
image 1002 at 2.0 meters frompixel array 702. As shown inFIG. 10 , light 1010 a-1010 d emanated by pixels 714 a-714 d, as filtered bybarrier element array 704,forms image 1002 atlocation 1008. Separating the centers of adjacent non-blocking barrier elements 712 a-712 e by 0.9975 mm (or other determined distance) may be accomplished in various ways, depending on the particular configuration ofbarrier element array 704. For instance, in this example, a single barrier element width non-blocking slit may be formed inbarrier element array 704 every 0.9975 mm. Alternatively, a non-blocking slit may be formed inbarrier element array 704 every 0.9975 mm having a width of more than one barrier element. - For example, if spacing 722 corresponds to the width of two barrier elements, single non-blocking barrier elements 712 having a width of 0.9975/2=0.4988 mm may be alternated with single blocking barrier elements 710 having the width of 0.4988 mm in
barrier element array 704. Alternatively, if spacing 722 corresponds to the width of more than two barrier elements, one or more non-blocking barrier elements may be alternated with one or more blocking barrier elements to for non-blocking slits every 0.9975 mm. In one example, single non-blocking barrier elements 712 having a width of 0.9975/399=0.0025 mm may be alternated with three hundred and ninety-eight blocking barrier elements 710 each having the width of 0.0025 mm inbarrier element array 704. In another example, ten non-blocking barrier elements 712 each having a width of 0.0025 mm may be alternated with three hundred and eighty-nine blocking barrier elements 710 each having the width of 0.0025 mm inbarrier element array 704. - Thus, referring to
FIG. 7 , first andsecond images display system 700 at adistance 728 frompixel array 702 by calculating a value for slit spacing 722 as described above.Equation 2 is provided as one example technique for selecting non-blocking slit spacing, for purposes of illustration. Alternatively, other techniques may be used to calculate and/or determine values forslit spacing 722. For instance, in an embodiment, a lookup table that includes pre-calculated values for slit spacing 722 may be maintained bybarrier array controller 206. The lookup table may be used to look up values for slit spacing 722 for corresponding values ofimage distance 1004 andpixel spacing 1006. - It is noted that in the examples of
FIGS. 7 and 10 ,pixel array 702 andbarrier element array 704 are each shown as being substantially planar. In other embodiments,pixel array 702 and/orbarrier element array 704 may be curved (e.g., concave or convex relative to viewing space 726). As such, equations, lookup tables, etc., used to calculate values for slit spacing 722 and/or other parameters of a display system may be configured to account for such curvature, in a manner as would be known to persons skilled in the relevant art(s). - First and
second images FIG. 11 showsdisplay system 700 ofFIG. 7 , where auser 1104 receivesfirst image 706 a at afirst eye location 1102 a andsecond image 706 b at asecond eye location 1102 b, according to an example embodiment. First andsecond images Images user 1104 to be perceived as a three-dimensional image or view. - In such an embodiment, first and
second images display system 700 such that their centers are spaced apart a width of a user's pupils (e.g., an “interocular distance” 1106). For example, the spacing of first andsecond images interocular distance 1106. As described above, multiple instances of first andsecond images display system 700 that repeat in a viewing space. Thus, first andsecond images FIG. 11 that coincide with the left and right eyes ofuser 1104 may be adjacent first andsecond images interocular distance 1106. Alternatively, first andsecond images FIG. 11 coinciding with the left and right eyes ofuser 1104 may be separated by one or more instances of first andsecond images interocular distance 1106. - It is noted that user 1102 of
FIG. 11 may change positions in viewing space 106 (FIG. 1 ), and assuch parallax barrier 104 may adapt to a different parallax barrier configuration to cause the three-dimensional view to be moved from the first position of user 1102 to the second position of user 1102. In such case, referring toFIG. 2A or 2B,barrier array controller 206 may generate control signal 216 to configurebarrier element array 210 to include transparent strips of barrier elements configured to enable the three-dimensional view to be formed at the second position. The next subsection describes example embodiments for configuringbarrier element array 210 into further configurations of blocking and non-blocking states to provide viewers with modified three-dimensional views. - Furthermore, although
FIGS. 7 and 11 show display system 700 having a configuration similar todisplay system 200 ofFIG. 2A , alternatively,display system 700 may be configured similarly todisplay system 220 ofFIG. 2B to generateimages viewing space 726. In such an embodiment,barrier element array 704 may be positioned between a backlighting panel (that is positioned wherepixel array 702 is shown inFIGS. 7 and 10 ) andpixel array 702, andpixel array 702 is configured as a light filter (is not light emitting). The backlighting panel emits light that is filtered bybarrier element array 704 as described above, and the filtered light is filtered bypixel array 702 to impose images on the light filtered bypixel array 702, formingimages FIGS. 7 and 10 . - As described, in an embodiment,
display system 700 may be configured to generate a two-dimensional image for viewing by users in a viewing space. For example, flowchart 600 (FIG. 6 ) may optionally include astep 1202 shown inFIG. 12 to enable a two-dimensional view to be delivered to users, according to an embodiment. Instep 1202, the array of barrier elements is configured into a third configuration to deliver a two-dimensional view. For example, in the third configuration,barrier array controller 206 may generate control signal 216 to configure each barrier element ofbarrier element array 210 to be in the non-blocking state (transparent). In such case,barrier element array 210 may be configured similarly tobarrier element array 302 shown inFIG. 3 , where allbarrier elements 304 are selected to be non-blocking. Ifbarrier element array 210 is transparent,barrier element array 210 functions as an “all pass” filter to substantially pass all of light 252 (FIG. 2A ) or light 238 (FIG. 2B ) as filtered light 110 to deliver the two-dimensional image generated bypixel array 208 toviewing space 106, to be viewable as a two-dimensional image in a similar fashion as a conventional display. - B. Example Parallax Barrier Configurations
- As described above, various characteristics of a parallax barrier may be modified to provide various parallax barrier configurations that deliver three-dimensional views with different characteristics and/or at different locations (e.g., at a changed viewer position). For instance,
FIG. 13 shows astep 1302 that may be performed in flowchart 600 (FIG. 6 ) to provide a second or subsequent parallax barrier configuration, according to example embodiments. Instep 1302, at least one of a distance between adjacent non-blocking slits of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits or a width of at least one non-blocking slit of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits is modified. For example, referring toFIGS. 8A and 8B , a distance between adjacent non-blocking strips 802 (e.g., center-to-center slit spacing 722 ofFIG. 7 and/or a width of one or more blocking strips 804) may be modified and/or a width of one or more non-blocking strips 802 may be modified. These and/or further parallax barrier parameters may be configured in any number of ways to create multiple additional parallax barrier configurations that each have a corresponding set of the barrier elements in the blocking state and a corresponding set of barrier elements in the non-blocking state to support a viewer located at any number of corresponding positions. - For instance,
FIG. 14 shows a view ofparallax barrier 300 ofFIG. 3 , according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 14 ,parallax barrier 300 includesbarrier element array 302, which includes a plurality ofbarrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array. Furthermore, as shown inFIG. 14 ,barrier element array 302 includes a plurality of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1402 a-1402 e. As shown inFIG. 14 , parallel non-blocking strips 1402 a-1402 e are alternated with parallel blocking strips 1404 a-1404 f ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be blocking. In the example ofFIG. 14 , non-blocking strips 1402 a-1402 e each have a width (along the x-dimension) of twobarrier elements 304, and blocking strips 1404 a-1404 f each have a width of threebarrier elements 304. Thus, relative toFIGS. 8A and 8B , where blocking strips 804 a-804 g each have a width of twobarrier elements 304, blocking strips 1404 a-1404 g have been modified to be wider to form another parallax barrier configuration. - In embodiments, blocking strips may be modified to be wider or narrower by any desired number of
barrier elements 304, including a single barrier element (as inFIG. 14 versusFIG. 8A ) or multiple barrier elements, including tens, hundreds, or even further numbers of barrier elements. A width of the blocking strips may be modified for various reasons. For example, the width of the blocking strips may be modified to be wider to reduce a resolution and/or an intensity of the display image(s), to increase a distance at which views are delivered, and/or to modify lateral positions of delivered views. Alternatively, the width of the blocking strips may be modified to be narrower to increase a resolution and/or an intensity of the display image(s), to decrease a distance at which views are delivered, and/or to modify lateral positions of delivered views. - For instance,
FIG. 15 shows adisplay system 1500, according to an example embodiment.System 1500 is generally similar tosystem 700 ofFIG. 7 , with differences described as follows. As shown inFIG. 15 ,system 1500 includes apixel array 1502 and abarrier element array 1504.System 1500 may also includedisplay controller 202 ofFIG. 2 , which is not shown inFIG. 15 for ease of illustration.Pixel array 1502 includes a first set of pixels 1514 a-1514 d and a second set of pixels 1516 a-1516 d. First set of pixels 1514 a-1514 d and second set of pixels 1516 a-1516 d are configured to generate corresponding images or views that can be combined to be perceived as a single three-dimensional image or view. Pixels of the two sets of pixels are alternated inpixel array 1502 in the order ofpixel 1514 a,pixel 1516 a,pixel 1514 b,pixel 1516 b, etc. Further pixels may be included in each set of pixels inpixel array 1502 that are not visible inFIG. 15 , including hundreds, thousands, or millions of pixels in each set of pixels. - As shown in
FIG. 15 ,barrier element array 1504 includes barrier elements that are each either transparent or opaque. As shown inFIG. 15 , barrier elements that are blocking are indicated as barrier elements 1510 a-1510 f, and barrier elements that are non-blocking are indicated as barrier elements 1512 a-1512 e. Blocking barrier elements 1510 are alternated with non-blocking barrier elements 1512 to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking slits inbarrier element array 1504, similarly tobarrier element array 304 shown inFIG. 8A . Light emanating frompixel array 1502 is filtered bybarrier element array 1504 to form first andsecond images locations FIG. 15 , barrier elements 1512 a-1512 e are each wider relative to barrier elements 710 a-710 f ofFIG. 7 , while a spacing of pixels 1514 a-1514 d is similar to the spacing of pixels 714 a-714 d inFIG. 7 . As such, adistance 1524 at which first andsecond images pixel array 1502 is greater thandistance 728 at which first andsecond images pixel array 702 inFIG. 7 . In this manner, if user 1104 (FIG. 11 ) has moved from a first position inviewing space 106 atdistance 728 to a second position inviewing space 106 atdistance 1524, the three-dimensional view may still be delivered touser 1104 by reconfiguringparallax barrier 704 from a first configuration to a second configuration. Configurations ofparallax barrier 704 may enable views to be delivered touser 1104 at lesser and greater distances thandistance 728. - For example,
Equation 2 shown above may be rewritten as Equation 3 shown below to solve fordistance 1004 inFIG. 10 as factor of spacing 722: -
distance 1004=(distance 1006×distance 1012)/(distance 1006−spacing 722) Equation 3 - As indicated by Equation 3, if spacing 722 is less than the value of
distance 1006, and is increased towards the value ofdistance 1006,distance 1004 increases. If spacing 722 is less than the value ofdistance 1006, and is decreased further from the value ofdistance 1006,distance 1004 decreases. - C. Example Embodiments Enabling Multiple Simultaneous Three-Dimensional Views
- As described above, in embodiments, a parallax barrier may be configured to enable two or more three-dimensional views to be simultaneously delivered to a viewer. For example, in an embodiment, a
flowchart 1600 shown inFIG. 16 may be performed duringstep 604 of flowchart 600 (FIG. 6 ) to enable multiple simultaneous three-dimensional views. Instep 1602 offlowchart 1600, the first set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the blocking state and the second set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the non-blocking state to enable a viewer to be delivered the first three-dimensional view. Instep 1604 offlowchart 1600, a third set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the blocking state and a fourth set of the barrier elements of the array of barrier elements are configured in the non-blocking state to enable the viewer to be delivered a second three-dimensional view. - Thus, according to
flowchart 1600, a first three-dimensional view is enabled by a first set of barrier elements in the blocking state and a second set of barrier elements in the non-blocking state, and a second three-dimensional view is enabled by a third set of barrier elements in the blocking state and a fourth set of barrier elements in the non-blocking state, where the first-fourth sets of barrier elements are non-overlapping. As such, a first portion of a display device corresponding to the first and second sets of barrier elements delivers the first three-dimensional view to the viewer, and a second portion of the display device corresponding to the third and fourth sets of barrier elements simultaneously delivers the first three-dimensional view to the viewer. In embodiments, a barrier element array may include any number of such portions (that each include a set of blocking elements and a set of non-blocking barrier elements) to simultaneously deliver a corresponding number of three-dimensional views. Furthermore, the different regions of the barrier element array may be configured differently to deliver three-dimensional views having different characteristics, including providing differing degrees of stereoscopic three-dimensionality, views at different distances from the display device, and/or other different characteristics described elsewhere herein. - For instance, as indicated in step 1302 (
FIG. 13 ), a width of one or more non-blocking slits in a barrier element array may be modified. For example,FIG. 17 shows a view ofparallax barrier 300 ofFIG. 3 with different width transparent slits, according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 17 ,parallax barrier 300 includesbarrier element array 302, which includes a plurality ofbarrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array. A first portion 1710 (e.g., a left half) ofbarrier element array 302 includes a first set of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a first plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1702 a-1702 d. As shown inFIG. 17 , parallel non-blocking strips 1702 a-1702 d are alternated with a second set of parallel strips ofbarrier element 302 that are selected to be blocking—parallel blocking strips 1704 a-1704 d. In the example ofFIG. 17 , non-blocking strips 1702 a-1702 d each have a width (along the x-dimension) of twobarrier elements 304, and blocking strips 1704 a-1704 d each have a width of twobarrier elements 304. - Furthermore, as shown in
FIG. 17 , a second portion 1712 (e.g., a right half) ofbarrier element array 302 includes a third set of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be transparent to form a second plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1706 a-1706 f. As shown inFIG. 17 , parallel non-blocking strips 1706 a-1706 f are alternated with a fourth set of parallel strips ofbarrier element 302 that are selected to be blocking—parallel blocking strips 1708 a-1708 f. In the example ofFIG. 17 , non-blocking strips 1706 a-1706 f each have a width of onebarrier element 304, and blocking strips 1708 a-1708 f each have a width of onebarrier element 304. As such, inFIG. 17 , first and third sets of parallel non-blocking strips 1702 a-1702 d and 1706 a-1706 f are present inbarrier element array 302 that have different widths.First portion 1710 andsecond portion 1712 ofbarrier element array 302 enable corresponding three-dimensional views to be delivered to a viewer, according tosteps flowchart 1600, respectively. - Thus, in embodiments, a width of non-blocking slits in a barrier element may be modified in different barrier array configurations. The width of the non-blocking slits may be modified to have any width of one or
more barrier elements 304. Furthermore, one or more portions of a barrier element array may include non-blocking slits having widths that are different than the widths of non-blocking slits elsewhere in the barrier element array to provide corresponding three-dimensional views. The widths of non-blocking slits may be widened or narrowed for various reasons, including decreasing or increasing display resolution, decreasing or increasing clarity of images generated by one or more portions of the barrier element array, etc. Furthermore, other characteristics of the different portions of the barrier element array may be modified in a similar manner to enable multiple three-dimensional views to be delivered to a viewer from a display device, including modifying the distance between adjacent non-blocking slits, a width of the parallel non-blocking slits, etc. - D. Example Image Orientation Embodiments
- As described above, in embodiments, parallel transparent slits may be implemented in a barrier element array to generate three-dimensional images. In such an embodiment, the slits are oriented such that an axis that crosses through both eyes of a user (e.g.,
user 1104 inFIG. 11 ) is perpendicular to an axis along the length of the transparent slits. As such, a user sitting or standing in a viewing space sits or stands such that their body is generally aligned parallel to the transparent slits. Thus, in an embodiment, an orientation of the transparent slits of a barrier element array may be selected to be aligned with the body of a user. Furthermore, according toflowchart 1600 ofFIG. 16 , the orientation of transparent slits of a barrier element array may be configured on a portion-by-portion of the barrier element array basis. Each section of the barrier element array may include transparent slits that are aligned with a corresponding user to simultaneously deliver multiple three-dimensional views of different orientations to users in a viewing space. - For instance,
FIG. 18 shows astep 1802 that may be performed duringflowchart 600, according to example embodiments. Instep 1802, a first non-blocking strip of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits is oriented perpendicularly to a second non-blocking strip of the plurality of parallel non-blocking slits. For instance,FIG. 19 shows a view ofparallax barrier 300 ofFIG. 3 with transparent slits having different orientations, according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 19 ,parallax barrier 300 includesbarrier element array 302, which includes a plurality ofbarrier elements 304 arranged in a two-dimensional array. A first portion 1910 (e.g., a bottom half) ofbarrier element array 302 includes a first plurality of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a first plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a-1902 e (each having a width of two barrier elements 304). As shown inFIG. 19 , parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a-1902 e are alternated with parallel blocking strips 1904 a-1904 f of barrier elements 304 (each having a width of three barrier elements 304). Parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a-1902 e are oriented in a first direction (e.g., along a vertical axis). - Furthermore, as shown in
FIG. 19 , a second portion 1912 (e.g., a top half) ofbarrier element array 302 includes a second plurality of parallel strips ofbarrier elements 304 that are selected to be non-blocking to form a second plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a-1906 d (each having a width of one barrier element 304). As shown inFIG. 19 , parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a-1906 d are alternated with parallel blocking strips 1908 a-1908 c of barrier elements 304 (each having a width of two barrier elements 304). Parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a-1906 d are oriented in a second direction (e.g., along a horizontal axis). - As such, in
FIG. 19 , first and second pluralities of parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a-1902 e and 1906 a-1906 d are present inbarrier element array 302 that are oriented perpendicularly to each other. The portion ofbarrier element array 302 that includes first plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1902 a-1902 e may be configured to deliver a three-dimensional image in a viewing space (as described above) to be viewable by a user whose body is oriented vertically (e.g., sitting upright or standing up). The portion ofbarrier element array 302 that includes second plurality of parallel non-blocking strips 1906 a-1906 d may be configured to deliver a three-dimensional image in a viewing space (as described above) to be viewable by a user whose body is oriented horizontally (e.g., laying down). In this manner, users who are oriented differently relative to each other can still each be provided with a corresponding three-dimensional image that accommodates their position. - Note that in the example of
FIG. 19 , although a single portion (portion 1910) ofbarrier element array 302 is configured to generate a vertically oriented three-dimensional image, and a single portion (portion 1912) ofbarrier element array 302 is configured to generate a horizontally oriented three-dimensional image, any number of portions of a barrier element array may be configured to generate corresponding vertically oriented and/or horizontally oriented three-dimensional images. Furthermore, although horizontally and vertically oriented three-dimensional images are enabled bybarrier element array 304 ofFIG. 19 , three-dimensional images of any orientation, including any angle between horizontal and vertical, may be enabled by providing parallel non-blocking strips inbarrier element array 302 of the desired angle (and by providing corresponding pixels in the pixel array arranged according to the desired angle). For example, a single barrier-element width non-blocking strip angled between horizontal and vertical may be formed by placing a linear arrangement ofbarrier elements 304 distributed over multiple columns ofbarrier element array 302 in the non-blocking state. - E. Example Two-Dimensional and Three-Dimensional Image Display Embodiments
- In embodiments, a barrier element array may be configured to enable any combination and number of two-dimensional images and/or three-dimensional images to be displayed simultaneously. For example, the barrier element array may include one or more transparent portions to deliver one or more two-dimensional images and one or more portions that include parallel transparent slits to deliver one or more three-dimensional images. For instance,
FIG. 20 shows aflowchart 2000 that may be performed duringstep 604 of flowchart 600 (FIG. 6 ) to enable the display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment.Flowchart 2000 is described as follows with respect toFIG. 21 .FIG. 21 shows adisplay system 2100 configured to generate two-dimensional and three-dimensional images, according to an example embodiment. - In
step 2002 offlowchart 2000, a first set of barrier elements of the barrier element array is configured to filter light from the first set of pixels to form a first image at a right eye location and to filter light from the second set of pixels to form a second image at a left eye location. For example, as shown inFIG. 21 ,system 2100 includes apixel array 2102 and abarrier element array 2104.System 2100 may also includedisplay controller 202 ofFIG. 2 , which is not shown inFIG. 21 for ease of illustration.Pixel array 2102 includes a first set of pixels 2114 a-2114 d and a second set of pixels 2116 a-2116 c. First set of pixels 2114 a-2114 d and second set of pixels 2116 a-2116 c are configured to generate images at left-eye and right-eye locations that combine to form a three-dimensional image in a similar fashion as described above (e.g., with respect toFIGS. 7 and 11 ). Pixels of the two sets of pixels are alternated inpixel array 2102 in the order ofpixel 2114 a,pixel 2116 a,pixel 2114 b,pixel 2116 b, etc. (further pixels may be included).Barrier element array 2104 includes afirst portion 2118 and asecond portion 2120.First portion 2118 ofbarrier element array 2104 is positioned adjacent to first and second sets of pixels 2114 a-2114 d and 2116 a-2116 c.First portion 2118 includes barrier elements that are blocking indicated as barrier elements 2110 a-2110 e, and barrier elements that are non-blocking are indicated as barrier elements 2112 a-2112 d. Blocking barrier elements 2110 are alternated with non-blocking barrier elements 2112 to form a plurality of parallel non-blocking slits inbarrier element array 2104, similarly tobarrier element array 304 shown inFIG. 8 . Light emanating frompixel array 2102 is filtered byportion 2118 ofbarrier element array 2104 to deliver first andsecond images - In
step 2004, a second set of barrier elements of the barrier element array is selected to be non-blocking to pass light from the third set of pixels to form a third image. For example, as shown inFIG. 21 ,pixel array 2102 further includes a third set ofpixels Second portion 2120 ofbarrier element array 2104 is positioned adjacent to third set of pixels 2108 a-2108 b.Second portion 2120 includes barrier elements that are non-blocking, indicated asbarrier elements 2112 e. No blocking barrier elements are included insecond portion 2120. As such, light emanating from third set of pixels 2108 a-2108 b passes throughsecond portion 2120 ofbarrier element array 2104 without being filtered to be delivered as athird image 2106 c to the user in the viewing space.Third image 2106 c is a two-dimensional image, and may be viewable throughout the viewing space. - As such, in
FIG. 21 , a three-dimensional image (based on the combination of first andsecond images display system 2100. Although in the example ofFIG. 21 a single three-dimensional image and a single two-dimensional image are generated bydisplay system 2100, any number of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images may be simultaneously generated by a display system, in embodiments. Furthermore, the two-dimensional and three-dimensional images may have any size. For instance,FIGS. 22 and 23 show views ofbarrier element array 302 ofFIG. 3 configured to enable the simultaneous display of two-dimensional and three-dimensional images of various sizes, according to example embodiments. InFIG. 22 , afirst portion 2202 ofbarrier element array 302 is configured similarly tobarrier element array 300 ofFIG. 8 , including a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips alternated with parallel blocking strips that together fillfirst portion 2202. Asecond portion 2204 ofbarrier element array 302 is surrounded byfirst portion 2202.Second portion 2204 is a rectangular shaped portion ofbarrier element array 302 that includes a two-dimensional array ofbarrier elements 304 that are non-blocking. Thus, inFIG. 22 ,barrier element array 302 is configured to enable a three-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of a pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements offirst portion 2202, and to enable a two-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of the pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements inside ofsecond portion 2204. - In
FIG. 23 ,barrier element array 302 includes afirst portion 2302 and asecond portion 2304.First portion 2302 includes a two-dimensional array ofbarrier elements 304 that are non-blocking.Second portion 2304 is rectangular shaped, and is contained withinfirst portion 2302.Second portion 2304 includes a plurality of parallel non-blocking strips alternated with parallel blocking strips that together fillsecond portion 2304 ofbarrier element array 302. Thus, inFIG. 23 ,barrier element array 302 is configured to enable a two-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of a pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements offirst portion 2302, and to enable a three-dimensional image to be generated by pixels of the pixel array that are adjacent to barrier elements inside ofsecond portion 2304. - It is noted that although
second portions FIGS. 22 and 23 as being rectangular areas,second portions - Furthermore, although flowchart 2000 (and
FIGS. 21-23 ) relate to a two-dimensional image and a three-dimensional image being provided by a display system simultaneously, in embodiments, two or more two-dimensional images or two or more three-dimensional images may be provided by a display system simultaneously. For instance, in an embodiment,step 2002 offlowchart 2000 may be repeated to form fourth and fifth images corresponding to another three-dimensional image. Additionally or alternatively,step 2004 may be repeated to form a sixth image corresponding to another two-dimensional image. Any number of additional two-dimensional and/or three-dimensional images may be formed in this manner by corresponding regions of a display. - F. Example Viewer Position Determining and Image Tuning Embodiments
- As described above, parallax barriers may be reconfigured to change the locations of delivered views based on changing viewer positions. As such, a position of a viewer may be determined/tracked so that a parallax barrier may be reconfigured to deliver views consistent with the changing position of the viewer. In embodiments, a position of a viewer may be determined/tracked by determining a position of the viewer directly, or by determining a position of a device associated with the viewer (e.g., a device worn by the viewer, held by the viewer, sitting in the viewer's lap, in the viewer's pocket, sitting next the viewer, etc.). If multiple viewers are in a viewing space that are being delivered corresponding views (e.g., first and second viewers being delivered first and second three-dimensional views, respectively), the position of each viewer may be determined so that a parallax barrier may be reconfigured to deliver the views consistent with the changing positions of the viewers.
- For instance,
FIG. 24 shows a block diagram of adisplay environment 2400, according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 24 ,display environment 2400 includes adisplay device 2402, aremote device 2404, and aviewer 2406.Display device 2402 is an example ofdisplay system 112 ofFIG. 1 , and may be configured similarly to display device 250 (FIG. 2A ) or display device 260 (FIG. 2B ) in embodiments.Viewer 2406 is delivered a three-dimensional view 2408 by display device 2402 (display device 2402 may optionally also deliver a two-dimensional view to viewer 2406).Remote device 2404 is a device thatviewer 2406 may use to interact withdisplay device 2402. For example,remote device 2404 may be a remote control, a headset, game controller, a smart phone, or other device.Display device 2402 and/orremote device 2404 may operate to provideposition information 2410 regardinguser 2406 to displaydevice 2402.Display device 2402 may useposition information 2410 to reconfigure a parallax barrier ofdisplay device 2402 to enableview 2408 to be delivered toviewer 2406 at various positions forviewer 2406. For example,display device 2402 and/orremote device 2404 may use positioning techniques to track the position ofviewer 2406. -
Remote device 2404 may be configured in various ways to enable the position ofviewer 2406 to be tracked. For instance,FIG. 25 shows a block diagram ofremote device 2404, according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 25 ,remote device 2404 may include atransmitter 2502, apositioning module 2504, aposition calculator 2506, auser interface module 2508, one or more camera(s) 2510, and animage processing system 2512.Remote device 2404 may include one or more of these elements shown inFIG. 25 , depending on the particular embodiment. These elements ofremote device 2404 are described as follows. -
Positioning module 2504 may be included inremote device 2404 to determine a position ofremote device 2404 according to a positioning technique, such triangulation or trilateration. For instance,positioning module 2504 may include one or more receivers that receive satellite broadcast signals (e.g., a global positioning system (GPS) module that receives signals from GPS satellites).Position calculator 2506 may calculate the position ofremote device 2404 by precisely timing the received signals according to GPS techniques. In another embodiment,positioning module 2504 may include one or more receivers that receive signals transmitted bydisplay device 2402 that are used byposition calculator 2506 to calculate the position ofremote device 2404. In other embodiments,positioning module 2504 andposition calculator 2506 may implement other types of positioning techniques. -
User interface module 2508 may be present to enableviewer 2406 to interact withremote device 2404. For example,user interface module 2508 may include any number and combination of user interface elements, such as a keyboard, a thumb wheel, a pointing device, a roller ball, a stick pointer, a joystick, a thumb pad, a display, a touch sensitive display, any number of virtual interface elements, a voice recognition system, a haptic interface, and/or other user interface elements described elsewhere herein or otherwise known.User interface module 2508 may be configured to enableviewer 2406 to manually enter position information forviewer 2406 intoremote device 2404, including manually entering coordinates ofviewer 2406 inviewing space 106, entering an indication of a predetermined location in viewingspace 106 into remote device 2404 (e.g., a “location A”, a “seat D,” etc.), or providing position information in any other manner. - Camera(s) 2510 may be present in
remote device 2404 to enable optical position detection ofviewer 2406. For example, camera(s) 2510 may be pointed byviewer 2406 atdisplay device 2402, which may display a symbol or code, and one or more images of the displayed symbol or code may be captured by camera(s) 2510.Image processing system 2512 may receive the captured image(s), and determine a position ofremote device 2404 relative to displaydevice 2402 based on the captured image(s). For example, in an embodiment, camera(s) 2510 may include a pair of cameras, andimage processing system 2512 may perform dual image processing to determine the position ofremote device 2404 relative to displaydevice 2402. -
Transmitter 2502 is configured to transmitposition information 2410 to displaydevice 2402 fromremote device 2404.Position information 2410 may include a determined position for remote device 2404 (e.g., calculated byposition calculator 2506 or image processing system 2512), and/or may include captured data (e.g., received signal data received bypositioning module 2504, images captured by camera(s) 2510, etc.) so thatdisplay device 2402 may determine the position ofremote device 2404 based on the captured data. -
Display device 2402 may have any form, such as any one or more of a display or monitor, a game console, a set top box, a stereo receiver, a computer, any other display device mentioned elsewhere herein or otherwise known, or any combination of such devices.Display device 2402 may be configured in various ways to enable the position ofviewer 2406 to be tracked. For instance,FIG. 26 shows a block diagram ofdisplay device 2402, according to an example embodiment. As shown inFIG. 25 ,display device 2402 may include aposition determiner module 2614 configured to determine a position of one or more viewers.Position determiner module 2614 may include areceiver 2602, one or more transmitter(s) 2604, aposition calculator 2606, amicrophone array 2608, one or more camera(s) 2610, and animage processing system 2512.Position determiner module 2614 may include one or more of these elements, depending on the particular embodiment. As shown inFIG. 26 ,position determiner module 2614 generatesposition information 2616 based on one or more ofreceiver 2602, transmitter(s) 2604,position calculator 2606,microphone array 2608, camera(s) 2610, andimage processing system 2512.Position information 2616 may be received bydisplay controller 202, and used by display controller 242 to adapt display device 2402 (e.g., adapting one or more ofparallax barrier 104,pixel array 114, and/or backlighting 116 ofFIG. 1 according to corresponding control signals) to deliver views toviewer 2406 asviewer 2406 may reposition within a viewing space. These elements ofdisplay device 2402 are described as follows. - When present,
microphone array 2608 includes one or more microphones that may be positioned in various microphone locations in and/or arounddisplay device 2402 to capture sounds (e.g., voice) fromviewer 2406.Microphone array 2608 produces signals representative of the received sounds, which may be received byposition calculator 2606.Position calculator 2606 may be configured to use the received signals to determine the location ofviewer 2406. For example,position calculator 2606 may use voice recognition techniques to determine that the sounds are received fromviewer 2406, and may perform audio localization techniques to determine a position ofviewer 2406 based on the sounds. - Camera(s) 2610 may be present in
display device 2402 to enable optical position detection ofviewer 2406. For example, camera(s) 2610 may be pointed fromdisplay device 2402 toviewing space 106 to capture images ofviewer 2406 and/orremote device 2404.Viewer 2406 and/orremote device 2404 may optionally display a symbol or code, and the displayed symbol or code may be captured in the images.Image processing system 2612 may receive the captured image(s), and determine a position ofviewer 2406 and/orremote device 2404 relative to displaydevice 2402 based on the captured image(s) (e.g., using facial recognition, image processing of the symbol or code, etc.). For example, in an embodiment, camera(s) 2610 may include a pair of cameras, andimage processing system 2612 may perform dual image processing to determine the position ofviewer 2406 and/orremote device 2404 relative to displaydevice 2402. - When present, transmitter(s) may be configured to transmit signals that may be received by
positioning module 2504 to determine a position ofremote device 2404, as described above with respect toFIG. 25 . -
Receiver 2602 may be configured to receiveposition information 2410 fromremote device 2404. As described above,position information 2410 may include a determined position forremote device 2404 and/or may include captured data (e.g., received signal data, images, etc.).Display device 2402 may determine the position ofremote device 2404 based on the captured data. For example,position calculator 2506 may determine a position ofremote device 2404 based on the signal data received bypositioning module 2504 atremote device 2404. Alternatively,image processing system 2512 may determine a position ofremote device 2404 based on the images captured by camera(s) 2510 atremote device 2404. - In embodiments with multiple viewers that are receiving corresponding different views, the position of each viewer may be tracked in a similar manner (e.g., each viewer may have a corresponding remote device 2404) so that
display device 2402 may be adapted to deliver views to the multiple viewers as they may reposition within the viewing space. -
Display controller 202,pixel array controller 204,barrier array controller 206,pixel array controller 228,light source controller 230, slitspacing calculator 902,positioning module 2504,position calculator 2506,image processing system 2512,position determiner module 2614,position calculator 2606, andimage processing system 2612 may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. For example,display controller 202,pixel array controller 204,barrier array controller 206,pixel array controller 228,light source controller 230, slitspacing calculator 902,positioning module 2504,position calculator 2506,image processing system 2512,position determiner module 2614,position calculator 2606, and/orimage processing system 2612 may be implemented as computer program code configured to be executed in one or more processors. Alternatively,display controller 202,pixel array controller 204,barrier array controller 206,pixel array controller 228,light source controller 230, slitspacing calculator 902,positioning module 2504,position calculator 2506,image processing system 2512,position determiner module 2614,position calculator 2606, and/orimage processing system 2612 may be implemented as hardware logic/electrical circuitry. - For instance,
FIG. 27 shows a block diagram of an example implementation ofdisplay controller 202, according to an embodiment. In embodiments,display controller 202 may include one or more of the elements shown inFIG. 27 . As shown in the example ofFIG. 27 ,display controller 202 may include one or more processors (also called central processing units, or CPUs), such as aprocessor 2704.Processor 2704 is connected to acommunication infrastructure 2702, such as a communication bus. In some embodiments,processor 2704 can simultaneously operate multiple computing threads. -
Display controller 202 also includes a primary ormain memory 2706, such as random access memory (RAM).Main memory 2706 has stored therein controllogic 2728A (computer software), and data. -
Display controller 202 also includes one or moresecondary storage devices 2710.Secondary storage devices 2710 include, for example, ahard disk drive 2712 and/or a removable storage device or drive 2714, as well as other types of storage devices, such as memory cards and memory sticks. For instance,display controller 202 may include an industry standard interface, such a universal serial bus (USB) interface for interfacing with devices such as a memory stick.Removable storage drive 2714 represents a floppy disk drive, a magnetic tape drive, a compact disk drive, an optical storage device, tape backup, etc. -
Removable storage drive 2714 interacts with aremovable storage unit 2716.Removable storage unit 2716 includes a computer useable orreadable storage medium 2724 having stored thereincomputer software 2728B (control logic) and/or data.Removable storage unit 2716 represents a floppy disk, magnetic tape, compact disk, DVD, optical storage disk, or any other computer data storage device.Removable storage drive 2714 reads from and/or writes toremovable storage unit 2716 in a well known manner. -
Display controller 202 further includes a communication ornetwork interface 2718.Communication interface 2718 enables thedisplay controller 202 to communicate with remote devices. For example,communication interface 2718 allowsdisplay controller 202 to communicate over communication networks or mediums 2742 (representing a form of a computer useable or readable medium), such as LANs, WANs, the Internet, etc.Network interface 2718 may interface with remote sites or networks via wired or wireless connections. -
Control logic 2728C may be transmitted to and fromdisplay controller 202 via the communication medium 2742. - Any apparatus or manufacture comprising a computer useable or readable medium having control logic (software) stored therein is referred to herein as a computer program product or program storage device. This includes, but is not limited to,
display controller 202,main memory 2706,secondary storage devices 2710, andremovable storage unit 2716. Such computer program products, having control logic stored therein that, when executed by one or more data processing devices, cause such data processing devices to operate as described herein, represent embodiments of the invention. - Devices in which embodiments may be implemented may include storage, such as storage drives, memory devices, and further types of computer-readable media. Examples of such computer-readable storage media include a hard disk, a removable magnetic disk, a removable optical disk, flash memory cards, digital video disks, random access memories (RAMs), read only memories (ROM), and the like. As used herein, the terms “computer program medium” and “computer-readable medium” are used to generally refer to the hard disk associated with a hard disk drive, a removable magnetic disk, a removable optical disk (e.g., CDROMs, DVDs, etc.), zip disks, tapes, magnetic storage devices, MEMS (micro-electromechanical systems) storage, nanotechnology-based storage devices, as well as other media such as flash memory cards, digital video discs, RAM devices, ROM devices, and the like. Such computer-readable storage media may store program modules that include computer program logic for
display controller 202,pixel array controller 204,barrier array controller 206,pixel array controller 228,light source controller 230, slitspacing calculator 902,positioning module 2504,position calculator 2506,image processing system 2512,position determiner module 2614,position calculator 2606,image processing system 2612,flowchart 600,step 1202,step 1302,flowchart 1600,step 1802, flowchart 2000 (including any one or more steps offlowcharts - The invention can work with software, hardware, and/or operating system implementations other than those described herein. Any software, hardware, and operating system implementations suitable for performing the functions described herein can be used.
- As described herein,
display controller 202 may be implemented in association with a variety of types of display devices. Such display devices may be implemented in or in association with a variety of types of media devices, such as a stand-alone display (e.g., a television display such as flat panel display, etc.), a computer, a game console, a set top box, a digital video recorder (DVR), etc. Media content that is delivered in two-dimensional or three-dimensional form according to embodiments described herein may be stored locally or received from remote locations. For instance, such media content may be locally stored for playback (replay TV, DVR), may be stored in removable memory (e.g. DVDs, memory sticks, etc.), may be received on wireless and/or wired pathways through a network such as a home network, through Internet download streaming, through a cable network, a satellite network, and/or a fiber network, etc. For instance,FIG. 27 shows afirst media content 2730A that is stored inhard disk drive 2712, asecond media content 2730B that is stored instorage medium 2724 ofremovable storage unit 2716, and athird media content 2730C that may be remotely stored and received overcommunication medium 2722 bycommunication interface 2718. Media content 2730 may be stored and/or received in these manners and/or in other ways. - While various embodiments of the present invention have been described above, it should be understood that they have been presented by way of example only, and not limitation. It will be apparent to persons skilled in the relevant art that various changes in form and detail can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Thus, the breadth and scope of the present invention should not be limited by any of the above-described exemplary embodiments, but should be defined only in accordance with the following claims and their equivalents.
Claims (22)
Priority Applications (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/845,440 US20110157697A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions |
US12/982,289 US9247286B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
US12/982,031 US9019263B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2D and 3D displays |
US12/982,362 US9049440B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Independent viewer tailoring of same media source content via a common 2D-3D display |
US12/982,088 US9066092B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US12/982,309 US9204138B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US12/982,069 US8922545B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US14/504,095 US20150015668A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-01 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US14/723,922 US20150264341A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-05-28 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US14/985,794 US20160119671A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-12-31 | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US29181809P | 2009-12-31 | 2009-12-31 | |
US30311910P | 2010-02-10 | 2010-02-10 | |
US12/845,440 US20110157697A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/845,461 Continuation-In-Part US8767050B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display supporting multiple simultaneous 3D views |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/845,409 Continuation-In-Part US20110157696A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display with adaptable parallax barrier |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20110157697A1 true US20110157697A1 (en) | 2011-06-30 |
Family
ID=43797724
Family Applications (27)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/774,307 Active 2032-01-14 US8964013B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Display with elastic light manipulator |
US12/774,225 Abandoned US20110157322A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Controlling a pixel array to support an adaptable light manipulator |
US12/845,440 Abandoned US20110157697A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions |
US12/845,409 Abandoned US20110157696A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display with adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/845,461 Active 2031-10-30 US8767050B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display supporting multiple simultaneous 3D views |
US12/982,330 Abandoned US20110157326A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Multi-path and multi-source 3d content storage, retrieval, and delivery |
US12/982,362 Active 2031-02-05 US9049440B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Independent viewer tailoring of same media source content via a common 2D-3D display |
US12/982,377 Abandoned US20110157327A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 3d audio delivery accompanying 3d display supported by viewer/listener position and orientation tracking |
US12/982,088 Active 2032-01-06 US9066092B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US12/982,031 Active 2032-12-14 US9019263B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2D and 3D displays |
US12/982,156 Active 2035-11-09 US9654767B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Programming architecture supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,069 Active 2033-05-07 US8922545B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US12/982,140 Abandoned US20110161843A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Internet browser and associated content definition supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,053 Abandoned US20110157309A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Hierarchical video compression supporting selective delivery of two-dimensional and three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,248 Abandoned US20110157315A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Interpolation of three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,020 Abandoned US20110157257A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Backlighting array supporting adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/982,273 Active 2032-08-13 US9979954B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Eyewear with time shared viewing supporting delivery of differing content to multiple viewers |
US12/982,062 Active 2032-06-13 US8687042B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Set-top box circuitry supporting 2D and 3D content reductions to accommodate viewing environment constraints |
US12/982,173 Active 2033-08-22 US9143770B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Application programming interface supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,124 Active 2033-02-08 US9124885B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Operating system supporting mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D and multi-view 3D displays |
US12/982,309 Active 2033-05-02 US9204138B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US12/982,047 Abandoned US20110157330A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 2d/3d projection system |
US12/982,199 Active 2032-09-27 US8988506B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D content from source video |
US12/982,212 Active 2032-04-05 US9013546B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Adaptable media stream servicing two and three dimensional content |
US14/504,095 Abandoned US20150015668A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-01 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US14/616,130 Abandoned US20150156473A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-02-06 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2d, stereoscopic 3d, and multi-view 3d content from source video |
US14/723,922 Abandoned US20150264341A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-05-28 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/774,307 Active 2032-01-14 US8964013B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Display with elastic light manipulator |
US12/774,225 Abandoned US20110157322A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-05-05 | Controlling a pixel array to support an adaptable light manipulator |
Family Applications After (24)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/845,409 Abandoned US20110157696A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display with adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/845,461 Active 2031-10-30 US8767050B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-07-28 | Display supporting multiple simultaneous 3D views |
US12/982,330 Abandoned US20110157326A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Multi-path and multi-source 3d content storage, retrieval, and delivery |
US12/982,362 Active 2031-02-05 US9049440B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Independent viewer tailoring of same media source content via a common 2D-3D display |
US12/982,377 Abandoned US20110157327A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 3d audio delivery accompanying 3d display supported by viewer/listener position and orientation tracking |
US12/982,088 Active 2032-01-06 US9066092B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US12/982,031 Active 2032-12-14 US9019263B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2D and 3D displays |
US12/982,156 Active 2035-11-09 US9654767B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Programming architecture supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,069 Active 2033-05-07 US8922545B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US12/982,140 Abandoned US20110161843A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Internet browser and associated content definition supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,053 Abandoned US20110157309A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Hierarchical video compression supporting selective delivery of two-dimensional and three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,248 Abandoned US20110157315A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Interpolation of three-dimensional video content |
US12/982,020 Abandoned US20110157257A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Backlighting array supporting adaptable parallax barrier |
US12/982,273 Active 2032-08-13 US9979954B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Eyewear with time shared viewing supporting delivery of differing content to multiple viewers |
US12/982,062 Active 2032-06-13 US8687042B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Set-top box circuitry supporting 2D and 3D content reductions to accommodate viewing environment constraints |
US12/982,173 Active 2033-08-22 US9143770B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Application programming interface supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US12/982,124 Active 2033-02-08 US9124885B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Operating system supporting mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D and multi-view 3D displays |
US12/982,309 Active 2033-05-02 US9204138B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US12/982,047 Abandoned US20110157330A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | 2d/3d projection system |
US12/982,199 Active 2032-09-27 US8988506B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D content from source video |
US12/982,212 Active 2032-04-05 US9013546B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2010-12-30 | Adaptable media stream servicing two and three dimensional content |
US14/504,095 Abandoned US20150015668A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-01 | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US14/616,130 Abandoned US20150156473A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-02-06 | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2d, stereoscopic 3d, and multi-view 3d content from source video |
US14/723,922 Abandoned US20150264341A1 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-05-28 | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (27) | US8964013B2 (en) |
EP (4) | EP2357508A1 (en) |
CN (3) | CN102183840A (en) |
HK (1) | HK1161754A1 (en) |
TW (3) | TWI467234B (en) |
Cited By (22)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110157696A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Display with adaptable parallax barrier |
US20110164188A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US20110228183A1 (en) * | 2010-03-16 | 2011-09-22 | Sony Corporation | Display device and electronic apparatus |
US20120001956A1 (en) * | 2010-07-01 | 2012-01-05 | Sony Corporation | Stereoscopic display device and display drive circuit |
US20120044330A1 (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2012-02-23 | Tatsumi Watanabe | Stereoscopic video display apparatus and stereoscopic video display method |
US20120062556A1 (en) * | 2010-09-13 | 2012-03-15 | Sumihiko Yamamoto | Three-dimensional image display apparatus, three-dimensional image processor, three-dimensional image display method, and computer program product |
US20120327073A1 (en) * | 2011-06-23 | 2012-12-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
US20130187961A1 (en) * | 2011-05-13 | 2013-07-25 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Adjusting parallax barriers |
US20130201417A1 (en) * | 2010-10-13 | 2013-08-08 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Display device |
US20130235005A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Japan Display West, Inc. | Display apparatus and electronic apparatus |
US20140139765A1 (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2014-05-22 | Boe Technology Group Co. Ltd. | Switch cell and manufacturing method thereof, display panel, and display device |
US8854531B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Multiple remote controllers that each simultaneously controls a different visual presentation of a 2D/3D display |
US20150054927A1 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2015-02-26 | Laurence Luju Chen | Method of glassless 3D display |
US20150156480A1 (en) * | 2013-12-04 | 2015-06-04 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Image display apparatus and method of driving the same |
US9218115B2 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2015-12-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Input device and image display apparatus including the same |
US9247286B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2016-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
US20160274373A1 (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2016-09-22 | Japan Display Inc. | Display device and method for controlling the same |
US20160306182A1 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2016-10-20 | Dongseo University Technology Headquarters | Depth-priority integral imaging display method using nonuniform dynamic mask array |
US9906776B2 (en) * | 2014-05-29 | 2018-02-27 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Display control method, device and system |
JP2020521185A (en) * | 2017-05-14 | 2020-07-16 | レイア、インコーポレイテッドLeia Inc. | Multiview backlight, display, and method using active emitters |
US10802324B2 (en) | 2017-03-14 | 2020-10-13 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Double vision display method and device |
US10991298B2 (en) * | 2019-08-19 | 2021-04-27 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Distance sensor, display device, electronic device and distance detection method |
Families Citing this family (493)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8416217B1 (en) | 2002-11-04 | 2013-04-09 | Neonode Inc. | Light-based finger gesture user interface |
US9015736B2 (en) * | 2005-12-29 | 2015-04-21 | Rovi Guides, Inc. | Systems and methods for episode tracking in an interactive media environment |
ES2569411T3 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2016-05-10 | The Queen's Medical Center | Motion tracking system for adaptive real-time imaging and spectroscopy |
FR2906899B1 (en) * | 2006-10-05 | 2009-01-16 | Essilor Int | DISPLAY DEVICE FOR STEREOSCOPIC VISUALIZATION. |
JP2008106185A (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2008-05-08 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Method for adhering thermally conductive silicone composition, primer for adhesion of thermally conductive silicone composition and method for production of adhesion composite of thermally conductive silicone composition |
US8570423B2 (en) * | 2009-01-28 | 2013-10-29 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Systems for performing visual collaboration between remotely situated participants |
US8775023B2 (en) | 2009-02-15 | 2014-07-08 | Neanode Inc. | Light-based touch controls on a steering wheel and dashboard |
EP2256620A1 (en) * | 2009-05-29 | 2010-12-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Picture selection method for modular lighting system |
US8125418B2 (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2012-02-28 | Global Oled Technology Llc | Passive-matrix chiplet drivers for displays |
WO2011021894A2 (en) * | 2009-08-20 | 2011-02-24 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Image display apparatus and method for operating the same |
JP5187639B2 (en) * | 2009-08-28 | 2013-04-24 | 独立行政法人情報通信研究機構 | 3D display |
US20110080472A1 (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2011-04-07 | Eric Gagneraud | Autostereoscopic status display |
WO2011041904A1 (en) * | 2009-10-07 | 2011-04-14 | Telewatch Inc. | Video analytics method and system |
WO2011072016A1 (en) * | 2009-12-08 | 2011-06-16 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for handling multiple 3-d video formats |
US20110143769A1 (en) * | 2009-12-16 | 2011-06-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Dual display mobile communication device |
WO2011075825A1 (en) | 2009-12-21 | 2011-06-30 | Kik Interactive, Inc. | Systems and methods for accessing and controlling media stored remotely |
US8684531B2 (en) * | 2009-12-28 | 2014-04-01 | Vision3D Technologies, Llc | Stereoscopic display device projecting parallax image and adjusting amount of parallax |
US20110187839A1 (en) * | 2010-02-01 | 2011-08-04 | VIZIO Inc. | Frame based three-dimensional encoding method |
US20110191328A1 (en) * | 2010-02-03 | 2011-08-04 | Vernon Todd H | System and method for extracting representative media content from an online document |
US20110202845A1 (en) * | 2010-02-17 | 2011-08-18 | Anthony Jon Mountjoy | System and method for generating and distributing three dimensional interactive content |
US20110205336A1 (en) * | 2010-02-23 | 2011-08-25 | Panasonic Corporation | Three-dimensional image reproducing apparatus |
DE102010009737A1 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2011-09-01 | Institut für Rundfunktechnik GmbH | Method and arrangement for reproducing 3D image content |
US8634873B2 (en) * | 2010-03-17 | 2014-01-21 | Microsoft Corporation | Mobile communication device having multiple, interchangeable second devices |
KR101289269B1 (en) * | 2010-03-23 | 2013-07-24 | 한국전자통신연구원 | An apparatus and method for displaying image data in image system |
KR20110109565A (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2011-10-06 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Backlight unit, 3d display having the same and method of making 3d image |
US10448083B2 (en) * | 2010-04-06 | 2019-10-15 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Streaming and rendering of 3-dimensional video |
KR20110115806A (en) * | 2010-04-16 | 2011-10-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus and 3d glasses, and display system including the same |
US8667533B2 (en) * | 2010-04-22 | 2014-03-04 | Microsoft Corporation | Customizing streaming content presentation |
US9271052B2 (en) * | 2010-05-10 | 2016-02-23 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Grid encoded media asset data |
US9030536B2 (en) | 2010-06-04 | 2015-05-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus and method for presenting media content |
JP5510097B2 (en) * | 2010-06-16 | 2014-06-04 | ソニー株式会社 | Signal transmission method, signal transmission device, and signal reception device |
US10089937B2 (en) * | 2010-06-21 | 2018-10-02 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Spatial and temporal multiplexing display |
US9225975B2 (en) | 2010-06-21 | 2015-12-29 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Optimization of a multi-view display |
KR20110139497A (en) * | 2010-06-23 | 2011-12-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus and method for displaying thereof |
US9049426B2 (en) * | 2010-07-07 | 2015-06-02 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus and method for distributing three dimensional media content |
US8670070B2 (en) * | 2010-07-15 | 2014-03-11 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for achieving better picture quality in various zoom modes |
US9232274B2 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2016-01-05 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus for adapting a presentation of media content to a requesting device |
US9032470B2 (en) | 2010-07-20 | 2015-05-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus for adapting a presentation of media content according to a position of a viewing apparatus |
JP2012034138A (en) * | 2010-07-29 | 2012-02-16 | Toshiba Corp | Signal processing apparatus and signal processing method |
KR20120020627A (en) * | 2010-08-30 | 2012-03-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for image processing using 3d image format |
KR101978522B1 (en) * | 2010-09-01 | 2019-05-14 | 시리얼 테크놀로지즈 에스.에이. | Backplane device |
US20120057007A1 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2012-03-08 | Satoshi Ishiguro | Simplified Visual Screening Check on Television |
JP5058316B2 (en) * | 2010-09-03 | 2012-10-24 | 株式会社東芝 | Electronic device, image processing method, and image processing program |
JP5368399B2 (en) * | 2010-09-17 | 2013-12-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Electronic album generating apparatus, stereoscopic image pasting apparatus, operation control method thereof, and program thereof |
EP2432218B1 (en) * | 2010-09-20 | 2016-04-20 | EchoStar Technologies L.L.C. | Methods of displaying an electronic program guide |
EP2619329B1 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2019-05-22 | The Board of Trustees of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Direct capture, amplification and sequencing of target dna using immobilized primers |
KR20120046937A (en) * | 2010-11-03 | 2012-05-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for providing 3d effect in video device |
US9860490B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2018-01-02 | Tom Galvin | Network video recorder system |
US10157526B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2018-12-18 | Razberi Technologies, Inc. | System and method for a security system |
US11082665B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2021-08-03 | Razberi Secure Technologies, Llc | System and method for a security system |
US10477158B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2019-11-12 | Razberi Technologies, Inc. | System and method for a security system |
KR101670927B1 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2016-11-01 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus and method |
US8922658B2 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2014-12-30 | Tom Galvin | Network video recorder system |
US9172943B2 (en) * | 2010-12-07 | 2015-10-27 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Dynamic modification of video content at a set-top box device |
KR20120065774A (en) * | 2010-12-13 | 2012-06-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Audio providing apparatus, audio receiver and method for providing audio |
KR101734285B1 (en) * | 2010-12-14 | 2017-05-11 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Video processing apparatus of mobile terminal and method thereof |
US8963694B2 (en) * | 2010-12-17 | 2015-02-24 | Sony Corporation | System and method for remote controlled device selection based on device position data and orientation data of a user |
US20120154559A1 (en) * | 2010-12-21 | 2012-06-21 | Voss Shane D | Generate Media |
US9386294B2 (en) * | 2011-01-05 | 2016-07-05 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Method and apparatus for 3DTV image adjustment |
US8983555B2 (en) * | 2011-01-07 | 2015-03-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Wireless communication techniques |
US8643684B2 (en) * | 2011-01-18 | 2014-02-04 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Multi-layer plenoptic displays that combine multiple emissive and light modulating planes |
TW201232280A (en) * | 2011-01-20 | 2012-08-01 | Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd | System and method for sharing desktop information |
KR20120088467A (en) * | 2011-01-31 | 2012-08-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for displaying partial 3d image in 2d image disaply area |
JP5632764B2 (en) * | 2011-02-02 | 2014-11-26 | セイコーインスツル株式会社 | Stereoscopic image display device |
US20120202187A1 (en) * | 2011-02-03 | 2012-08-09 | Shadowbox Comics, Llc | Method for distribution and display of sequential graphic art |
US8724467B2 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2014-05-13 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | System and method for managing congestion in a network environment |
US10083639B2 (en) * | 2011-02-04 | 2018-09-25 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Control device for controlling image display device, head-mounted display device, image display system, control method for the image display device, and control method for the head-mounted display device |
TWI569041B (en) | 2011-02-14 | 2017-02-01 | 半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 | Display device |
US8630247B2 (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2014-01-14 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | System and method for managing tracking area identity lists in a mobile network environment |
US9035860B2 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2015-05-19 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device |
KR101899178B1 (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2018-09-14 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Display device |
US9443455B2 (en) | 2011-02-25 | 2016-09-13 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device having a plurality of pixels |
KR101852428B1 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2018-04-26 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile twrminal and 3d object control method thereof |
JP5912680B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2016-04-27 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Display device and driving method of display device |
US9578299B2 (en) * | 2011-03-14 | 2017-02-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Stereoscopic conversion for shader based graphics content |
JP5730091B2 (en) * | 2011-03-25 | 2015-06-03 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display panel, display device and electronic device |
JP5766479B2 (en) * | 2011-03-25 | 2015-08-19 | 京セラ株式会社 | Electronic device, control method, and control program |
JP2012205285A (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2012-10-22 | Sony Corp | Video signal processing apparatus and video signal processing method |
JP5092033B2 (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2012-12-05 | 株式会社東芝 | Electronic device, display control method, and display control program |
WO2012138539A2 (en) * | 2011-04-08 | 2012-10-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Interactive system for collecting, displaying, and ranking items based on quantitative and textual input from multiple participants |
US8988512B2 (en) * | 2011-04-14 | 2015-03-24 | Mediatek Inc. | Method for adjusting playback of multimedia content according to detection result of user status and related apparatus thereof |
JP5162000B2 (en) * | 2011-04-19 | 2013-03-13 | 株式会社東芝 | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program |
JP5161999B2 (en) * | 2011-04-19 | 2013-03-13 | 株式会社東芝 | Electronic device, display control method, and display control program |
JP5161998B2 (en) * | 2011-04-19 | 2013-03-13 | 株式会社東芝 | Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program |
US9491445B2 (en) * | 2011-05-05 | 2016-11-08 | Empire Technology Development Llc | Lenticular directional display |
US20120287115A1 (en) * | 2011-05-10 | 2012-11-15 | Ding Junjie | Method for generating image frames |
KR20120126458A (en) * | 2011-05-11 | 2012-11-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for processing broadcasting signal and display device thereof |
US9420259B2 (en) * | 2011-05-24 | 2016-08-16 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Dynamic distribution of three-dimensional content |
US8913104B2 (en) * | 2011-05-24 | 2014-12-16 | Bose Corporation | Audio synchronization for two dimensional and three dimensional video signals |
JP6050941B2 (en) * | 2011-05-26 | 2016-12-21 | サターン ライセンシング エルエルシーSaturn Licensing LLC | Display device and method, and program |
US9442562B2 (en) * | 2011-05-27 | 2016-09-13 | Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation | Systems and methods of image processing that adjust for viewer position, screen size and viewing distance |
US9084068B2 (en) * | 2011-05-30 | 2015-07-14 | Sony Corporation | Sensor-based placement of sound in video recording |
CN103262551B (en) * | 2011-06-01 | 2015-12-09 | 松下电器产业株式会社 | Image processor, dispensing device, image processing system, image treatment method, sending method and integrated circuit |
JP2012253543A (en) * | 2011-06-02 | 2012-12-20 | Seiko Epson Corp | Display device, control method of display device, and program |
JP5770018B2 (en) * | 2011-06-03 | 2015-08-26 | 任天堂株式会社 | Display control program, display control apparatus, display control method, and display control system |
US9445046B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2016-09-13 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for presenting media content with telepresence |
CN103621073B (en) * | 2011-06-24 | 2016-06-22 | 汤姆逊许可公司 | Transmit the method and apparatus of three-dimensional content |
US9602766B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2017-03-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for presenting three dimensional objects with telepresence |
US9030522B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2015-05-12 | At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp | Apparatus and method for providing media content |
KR101772458B1 (en) * | 2011-06-28 | 2017-08-30 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Display device and method for controlling thereof |
US20130265300A1 (en) * | 2011-07-03 | 2013-10-10 | Neorai Vardi | Computer device in form of wearable glasses and user interface thereof |
JP2013015779A (en) * | 2011-07-06 | 2013-01-24 | Sony Corp | Display control device, display control method, and computer program |
US8988411B2 (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2015-03-24 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Display device |
US9137522B2 (en) * | 2011-07-11 | 2015-09-15 | Realtek Semiconductor Corp. | Device and method for 3-D display control |
US9294752B2 (en) * | 2011-07-13 | 2016-03-22 | Google Technology Holdings LLC | Dual mode user interface system and method for 3D video |
JP6178050B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2017-08-09 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Display device |
US8587635B2 (en) | 2011-07-15 | 2013-11-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Apparatus and method for providing media services with telepresence |
KR101926477B1 (en) * | 2011-07-18 | 2018-12-11 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Contents play method and apparatus |
KR20130010834A (en) * | 2011-07-19 | 2013-01-29 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Display device |
JP2013038454A (en) * | 2011-08-03 | 2013-02-21 | Sony Corp | Image processor, method, and program |
JP2013038504A (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2013-02-21 | Sony Corp | Imaging device, image processing method and program |
JP5815326B2 (en) * | 2011-08-12 | 2015-11-17 | ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 | Video decoding device and image display device |
EP3925676A1 (en) * | 2011-08-18 | 2021-12-22 | Pfaqutruma Research LLC | Systems and methods of virtual world interaction |
US10659724B2 (en) * | 2011-08-24 | 2020-05-19 | Ati Technologies Ulc | Method and apparatus for providing dropped picture image processing |
US9606209B2 (en) | 2011-08-26 | 2017-03-28 | Kineticor, Inc. | Methods, systems, and devices for intra-scan motion correction |
JP2013050537A (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2013-03-14 | Sony Corp | Display device and electronic apparatus |
JP2013050538A (en) | 2011-08-30 | 2013-03-14 | Sony Corp | Display device and electronic apparatus |
US20130050596A1 (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2013-02-28 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Auto-stereoscopic display and method for fabricating the same |
JP2013050539A (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2013-03-14 | Sony Corp | Display device and electronic apparatus |
WO2013032221A1 (en) * | 2011-08-31 | 2013-03-07 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Digital broadcast signal processing method and device |
US8872813B2 (en) | 2011-09-02 | 2014-10-28 | Adobe Systems Incorporated | Parallax image authoring and viewing in digital media |
CN102368244B (en) * | 2011-09-08 | 2013-05-15 | 广州市动景计算机科技有限公司 | Page content alignment method, device and mobile terminal browser |
DE112012003931T5 (en) | 2011-09-21 | 2014-07-10 | Magna Electronics, Inc. | Image processing system for a motor vehicle with image data transmission and power supply via a coaxial cable |
CN102510503B (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2015-06-03 | 深圳超多维光电子有限公司 | Stereoscopic display method and stereoscopic display equipment |
JP5715539B2 (en) * | 2011-10-06 | 2015-05-07 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and electronic device |
KR20130037861A (en) * | 2011-10-07 | 2013-04-17 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus and method of displaying three dimensional image using the same |
KR101813035B1 (en) * | 2011-10-10 | 2017-12-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same |
US20140237536A1 (en) * | 2011-10-13 | 2014-08-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of displaying contents, method of synchronizing contents, and method and device for displaying broadcast contents |
GB2495725B (en) * | 2011-10-18 | 2014-10-01 | Sony Comp Entertainment Europe | Image transfer apparatus and method |
JP5149435B1 (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2013-02-20 | 株式会社東芝 | Video processing apparatus and video processing method |
US8933935B2 (en) | 2011-11-10 | 2015-01-13 | 7D Surgical Inc. | Method of rendering and manipulating anatomical images on mobile computing device |
KR101887058B1 (en) * | 2011-11-11 | 2018-08-09 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | A process for processing a three-dimensional image and a method for controlling electric power of the same |
US20140327708A1 (en) * | 2011-11-15 | 2014-11-06 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Display device |
US20130127841A1 (en) * | 2011-11-18 | 2013-05-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Three-dimensional (3d) image display method and apparatus for 3d imaging and displaying contents according to start or end of operation |
US9942580B2 (en) * | 2011-11-18 | 2018-04-10 | At&T Intellecutal Property I, L.P. | System and method for automatically selecting encoding/decoding for streaming media |
US8660362B2 (en) * | 2011-11-21 | 2014-02-25 | Microsoft Corporation | Combined depth filtering and super resolution |
US10099614B2 (en) | 2011-11-28 | 2018-10-16 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vision system for vehicle |
DE102011055967B4 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2016-03-10 | Seereal Technologies S.A. | Measuring method and device for carrying out the measuring method |
US9626798B2 (en) | 2011-12-05 | 2017-04-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method to digitally replace objects in images or video |
CN103163650A (en) * | 2011-12-08 | 2013-06-19 | 武汉天马微电子有限公司 | Naked eye three-dimensional (3D) grating structure |
US20130156090A1 (en) * | 2011-12-14 | 2013-06-20 | Ati Technologies Ulc | Method and apparatus for enabling multiuser use |
US9042266B2 (en) * | 2011-12-21 | 2015-05-26 | Kik Interactive, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for initializing a network connection for an output device |
US20140317537A1 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2014-10-23 | Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited | Browser based application program extension method and device |
US9392251B2 (en) | 2011-12-29 | 2016-07-12 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus, glasses apparatus and method for controlling depth |
CN202995143U (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2013-06-12 | 三星电子株式会社 | Glasses device and display device |
EP2611176A3 (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2015-11-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display apparatus and controlling method thereof |
TWI467235B (en) * | 2012-02-06 | 2015-01-01 | Innocom Tech Shenzhen Co Ltd | Three-dimensional (3d) display and displaying method thereof |
CN103294453B (en) * | 2012-02-24 | 2017-02-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | Image processing method and image processing device |
US11263823B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2022-03-01 | Matterport, Inc. | Employing three-dimensional (3D) data predicted from two-dimensional (2D) images using neural networks for 3D modeling applications and other applications |
US9324190B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2016-04-26 | Matterport, Inc. | Capturing and aligning three-dimensional scenes |
US10848731B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2020-11-24 | Matterport, Inc. | Capturing and aligning panoramic image and depth data |
KR20130098023A (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2013-09-04 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Apparatus and method for displaying an image on 3-dimentional display based on multi-layer parallax barrier |
JP5942477B2 (en) * | 2012-02-29 | 2016-06-29 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Setting device and program |
EP2637416A1 (en) * | 2012-03-06 | 2013-09-11 | Alcatel Lucent | A system and method for optimized streaming of variable multi-viewpoint media |
WO2013132886A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | ソニー株式会社 | Information processing device, information processing method, and program |
JP5779124B2 (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2015-09-16 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and electronic device |
JP5806150B2 (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2015-11-10 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device |
CN102650741B (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2014-06-11 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Light splitting device, manufacturing method thereof and 3D (Three-Dimensional) display device |
WO2013135203A1 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-09-19 | Tencent Technology (Shenzhen) Company Limited | Offline download method and system |
US9280042B2 (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2016-03-08 | City University Of Hong Kong | Automatic switching of a multi-mode projector display screen for displaying three-dimensional and two-dimensional images |
US9733707B2 (en) | 2012-03-22 | 2017-08-15 | Honeywell International Inc. | Touch screen display user interface and method for improving touch interface utility on the same employing a rules-based masking system |
US20130265297A1 (en) * | 2012-04-06 | 2013-10-10 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Display of a Corrected Browser Projection of a Visual Guide for Placing a Three Dimensional Object in a Browser |
US9308439B2 (en) * | 2012-04-10 | 2016-04-12 | Bally Gaming, Inc. | Controlling three-dimensional presentation of wagering game content |
CN104205823B (en) | 2012-04-12 | 2017-03-08 | 索尼移动通讯有限公司 | Improved 3D rendering display system |
KR101923150B1 (en) * | 2012-04-16 | 2018-11-29 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus and method of displaying three dimensional image using the same |
CN102645959A (en) * | 2012-04-16 | 2012-08-22 | 上海颖杰计算机系统设备有限公司 | 3D (Three Dimensional) integrated computer |
WO2013158322A1 (en) * | 2012-04-18 | 2013-10-24 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Simultaneous 2d and 3d images on a display |
EP2653906B1 (en) | 2012-04-20 | 2022-08-24 | Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation | A system for delivering stereoscopic images |
CN103379362B (en) * | 2012-04-24 | 2017-07-07 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | VOD method and system |
US9201495B2 (en) * | 2012-04-24 | 2015-12-01 | Mobitv, Inc. | Control of perspective in multi-dimensional media |
US9707892B2 (en) * | 2012-04-25 | 2017-07-18 | Gentex Corporation | Multi-focus optical system |
US20130290867A1 (en) * | 2012-04-27 | 2013-10-31 | Litera Technologies, LLC | Systems and Methods For Providing Dynamic and Interactive Viewing and Control of Applications |
KR20130123599A (en) * | 2012-05-03 | 2013-11-13 | 한국과학기술원 | Speed dependent automatic dimming technique |
CN103457960B (en) | 2012-05-15 | 2018-03-09 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | The method and system of load document in web game |
US10089537B2 (en) | 2012-05-18 | 2018-10-02 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle vision system with front and rear camera integration |
BR112014029472A2 (en) * | 2012-06-01 | 2017-06-27 | Koninklijke Philips Nv | auto stereoscopic visualization device and method of operation of a auto stereoscopic visualization device |
US9201270B2 (en) * | 2012-06-01 | 2015-12-01 | Leia Inc. | Directional backlight with a modulation layer |
US8570651B1 (en) * | 2012-06-04 | 2013-10-29 | Hae-Yong Choi | Both side screen for combined use of 2D/3D images |
US10176633B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2019-01-08 | Apple Inc. | Integrated mapping and navigation application |
US9159153B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2015-10-13 | Apple Inc. | Method, system and apparatus for providing visual feedback of a map view change |
US9997069B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2018-06-12 | Apple Inc. | Context-aware voice guidance |
US9367959B2 (en) * | 2012-06-05 | 2016-06-14 | Apple Inc. | Mapping application with 3D presentation |
US9418672B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2016-08-16 | Apple Inc. | Navigation application with adaptive instruction text |
US8965696B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2015-02-24 | Apple Inc. | Providing navigation instructions while operating navigation application in background |
US9111380B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2015-08-18 | Apple Inc. | Rendering maps |
US9482296B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2016-11-01 | Apple Inc. | Rendering road signs during navigation |
US10156455B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2018-12-18 | Apple Inc. | Context-aware voice guidance |
US9886794B2 (en) | 2012-06-05 | 2018-02-06 | Apple Inc. | Problem reporting in maps |
JP6046923B2 (en) * | 2012-06-07 | 2016-12-21 | キヤノン株式会社 | Image coding apparatus, image coding method, and program |
WO2013183801A1 (en) * | 2012-06-08 | 2013-12-12 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Rendering method of 3d web-page and terminal using the same |
US9800862B2 (en) * | 2012-06-12 | 2017-10-24 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | System and methods for visualizing information |
US9829996B2 (en) * | 2012-06-25 | 2017-11-28 | Zspace, Inc. | Operations in a three dimensional display system |
US20140195983A1 (en) * | 2012-06-30 | 2014-07-10 | Yangzhou Du | 3d graphical user interface |
WO2014007414A1 (en) * | 2012-07-06 | 2014-01-09 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Terminal for increasing visual comfort sensation of 3d object and control method thereof |
US20140022241A1 (en) * | 2012-07-18 | 2014-01-23 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Display apparatus and method based on symmetrically spb |
US10353718B2 (en) * | 2012-07-23 | 2019-07-16 | Vmware, Inc. | Providing access to a remote application via a web client |
US9491784B2 (en) * | 2012-07-31 | 2016-11-08 | Apple Inc. | Streaming common media content to multiple devices |
US8959176B2 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2015-02-17 | Apple Inc. | Streaming common media content to multiple devices |
CA2822217A1 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2014-02-02 | Iwatchlife Inc. | Method and system for anonymous video analytics processing |
US9786281B1 (en) * | 2012-08-02 | 2017-10-10 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Household agent learning |
KR101310941B1 (en) * | 2012-08-03 | 2013-09-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Display apparatus for displaying a plurality of content views, shutter glasses device for syncronizing with one of the content views and methods thereof |
US9423871B2 (en) * | 2012-08-07 | 2016-08-23 | Honeywell International Inc. | System and method for reducing the effects of inadvertent touch on a touch screen controller |
KR101994295B1 (en) * | 2012-08-08 | 2019-06-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Terminal and method for generating live image in terminal |
US9225972B2 (en) | 2012-08-10 | 2015-12-29 | Pixtronix, Inc. | Three dimensional (3D) image generation using electromechanical display elements |
US9198209B2 (en) | 2012-08-21 | 2015-11-24 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Providing integrated end-to-end architecture that includes quality of service transport for tunneled traffic |
CN103631021B (en) * | 2012-08-27 | 2016-06-15 | 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 | 3 d display device and image display method thereof |
TWI509289B (en) * | 2012-08-27 | 2015-11-21 | Innocom Tech Shenzhen Co Ltd | Stereoscopic display apparatus and image display method thereof |
KR20140028780A (en) * | 2012-08-30 | 2014-03-10 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display apparatus and method of displaying three dimensional image using the same |
US9811878B1 (en) * | 2012-09-04 | 2017-11-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Dynamic processing of image borders |
US10171540B2 (en) * | 2012-09-07 | 2019-01-01 | High Sec Labs Ltd | Method and apparatus for streaming video security |
CN104412610A (en) * | 2012-09-14 | 2015-03-11 | 日立麦克赛尔株式会社 | Video display device and terminal device |
US9179232B2 (en) * | 2012-09-17 | 2015-11-03 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Method and apparatus for associating audio objects with content and geo-location |
JP5837009B2 (en) * | 2012-09-26 | 2015-12-24 | キヤノン株式会社 | Display device and control method thereof |
JP5928286B2 (en) * | 2012-10-05 | 2016-06-01 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | Information processing apparatus and program |
WO2014163665A1 (en) * | 2012-10-10 | 2014-10-09 | Kassouf Sidney | System for distributing auto-stereoscopic images |
US20140104242A1 (en) * | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Nvidia Corporation | System and method for concurrent display of a video signal on a plurality of display devices |
CN102917265A (en) * | 2012-10-25 | 2013-02-06 | 深圳创维-Rgb电子有限公司 | Information browsing method and system based on network television |
US9235103B2 (en) * | 2012-10-25 | 2016-01-12 | Au Optronics Corporation | 3D liquid crystal display comprising four electrodes alternately arrange between a first and second substrate |
TWI452345B (en) * | 2012-10-26 | 2014-09-11 | Au Optronics Corp | Three dimensions display device and displaying method thereof |
US9161018B2 (en) * | 2012-10-26 | 2015-10-13 | Christopher L. UHL | Methods and systems for synthesizing stereoscopic images |
JP2014092744A (en) * | 2012-11-06 | 2014-05-19 | Japan Display Inc | Stereoscopic display device |
US9674510B2 (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2017-06-06 | Elwha Llc | Pulsed projection system for 3D video |
CN104516168B (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2018-05-08 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Convertible lens and preparation method thereof, 2 d-3 d display base plate and display device |
US9547937B2 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2017-01-17 | Legend3D, Inc. | Three-dimensional annotation system and method |
US10009644B2 (en) | 2012-12-04 | 2018-06-26 | Interaxon Inc | System and method for enhancing content using brain-state data |
US9265458B2 (en) | 2012-12-04 | 2016-02-23 | Sync-Think, Inc. | Application of smooth pursuit cognitive testing paradigms to clinical drug development |
US9128580B2 (en) | 2012-12-07 | 2015-09-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | System and method for interacting with a touch screen interface utilizing an intelligent stencil mask |
US20140165209A1 (en) * | 2012-12-11 | 2014-06-12 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Digital content delivery platform for multiple retailers |
US9047054B1 (en) * | 2012-12-20 | 2015-06-02 | Audible, Inc. | User location-based management of content presentation |
US9497448B2 (en) * | 2012-12-31 | 2016-11-15 | Lg Display Co., Ltd. | Image processing method of transparent display apparatus and apparatus thereof |
TWI531213B (en) * | 2013-01-18 | 2016-04-21 | 國立成功大學 | Image conversion method and module for naked-eye 3d display |
US9717461B2 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2017-08-01 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
US9305365B2 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2016-04-05 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking moving targets |
US10327708B2 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2019-06-25 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
WO2014120734A1 (en) | 2013-02-01 | 2014-08-07 | Kineticor, Inc. | Motion tracking system for real time adaptive motion compensation in biomedical imaging |
WO2014129134A1 (en) * | 2013-02-19 | 2014-08-28 | パナソニック株式会社 | Image display device |
TWI502247B (en) * | 2013-02-26 | 2015-10-01 | Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd | Autostereoscopic display device and display method thereof |
US8712217B1 (en) | 2013-03-01 | 2014-04-29 | Comcast Cable Communications, Llc | Methods and systems for time-shifting content |
US9380976B2 (en) | 2013-03-11 | 2016-07-05 | Sync-Think, Inc. | Optical neuroinformatics |
US20140267601A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Corel Corporation | System and method for efficient editing of 3d video |
US20140268324A1 (en) * | 2013-03-18 | 2014-09-18 | 3-D Virtual Lens Technologies, Llc | Method of displaying 3d images from 2d source images using a barrier grid |
CN103236074B (en) * | 2013-03-25 | 2015-12-23 | 深圳超多维光电子有限公司 | A kind of 2D/3D image processing method and device |
US10110647B2 (en) * | 2013-03-28 | 2018-10-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for altering bandwidth consumption |
KR101981530B1 (en) | 2013-03-29 | 2019-05-23 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Stereoscopic image display device and method for driving the same |
CN103235415B (en) * | 2013-04-01 | 2015-12-23 | 昆山龙腾光电有限公司 | Based on the multi-view free stereoscopic displayer of grating |
KR101970577B1 (en) * | 2013-04-09 | 2019-04-19 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Stereoscopic display device and eye-tracking method thereof |
US20140316907A1 (en) * | 2013-04-17 | 2014-10-23 | Asaf NAIM | Multilayered user interface for internet browser |
US20140328505A1 (en) * | 2013-05-02 | 2014-11-06 | Microsoft Corporation | Sound field adaptation based upon user tracking |
CN103293689B (en) * | 2013-05-31 | 2015-05-13 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Method capable of switching between different display modes and display device |
KR20140142863A (en) * | 2013-06-05 | 2014-12-15 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Apparatus and method for providing graphic editors |
TWI510813B (en) * | 2013-06-18 | 2015-12-01 | Zhangjiagang Kangde Xin Optronics Material Co Ltd | A liquid crystal parallax barrier device that displays three-dimensional images in both directions |
CN104238185B (en) * | 2013-06-19 | 2017-04-12 | 扬升照明股份有限公司 | Light source module, display device and light source module drive method |
CN103309639A (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2013-09-18 | 广东威创视讯科技股份有限公司 | Method and device based on split screen display of three-dimensional scene |
WO2014210033A2 (en) | 2013-06-24 | 2014-12-31 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Practical two-frame 3d+2d tv |
CN103365657B (en) * | 2013-06-28 | 2019-03-15 | 北京智谷睿拓技术服务有限公司 | Display control method, device and the display equipment including the device |
TWI495904B (en) * | 2013-07-12 | 2015-08-11 | Vision Technology Co Ltd C | Field sequential color lcd and method for generating 3d images by matching a software optical grating |
US9418469B1 (en) | 2013-07-19 | 2016-08-16 | Outward, Inc. | Generating video content |
JP2015025968A (en) * | 2013-07-26 | 2015-02-05 | ソニー株式会社 | Presentation medium and display device |
US9678929B2 (en) * | 2013-08-01 | 2017-06-13 | Equldo Limited | Stereoscopic online web content creation and rendering |
TWI489148B (en) * | 2013-08-23 | 2015-06-21 | Au Optronics Corp | Stereoscopic display and the driving method |
TWI505243B (en) * | 2013-09-10 | 2015-10-21 | Zhangjiagang Kangde Xin Optronics Material Co Ltd | A device that can display 2D and 3D images at the same time |
KR101856568B1 (en) * | 2013-09-16 | 2018-06-19 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Multi view image display apparatus and controlling method thereof |
US10067634B2 (en) | 2013-09-17 | 2018-09-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Approaches for three-dimensional object display |
US10592064B2 (en) * | 2013-09-17 | 2020-03-17 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Approaches for three-dimensional object display used in content navigation |
US9392355B1 (en) * | 2013-09-19 | 2016-07-12 | Voyetra Turtle Beach, Inc. | Gaming headset with voice scrambling for private in-game conversations |
US9591295B2 (en) * | 2013-09-24 | 2017-03-07 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Approaches for simulating three-dimensional views |
EP3055763A1 (en) * | 2013-10-07 | 2016-08-17 | VID SCALE, Inc. | User adaptive 3d video rendering and delivery |
CN103508999B (en) * | 2013-10-12 | 2015-05-13 | 浙江海正药业股份有限公司 | Maxacalcitol synthesizing intermediate and preparation method and application thereof |
US10116914B2 (en) * | 2013-10-31 | 2018-10-30 | 3Di Llc | Stereoscopic display |
US9986228B2 (en) | 2016-03-24 | 2018-05-29 | 3Di Llc | Trackable glasses system that provides multiple views of a shared display |
US9883173B2 (en) | 2013-12-25 | 2018-01-30 | 3Di Llc | Stereoscopic display |
US11343487B2 (en) | 2013-10-31 | 2022-05-24 | David Woods | Trackable glasses system for perspective views of a display |
US10652525B2 (en) | 2013-10-31 | 2020-05-12 | 3Di Llc | Quad view display system |
JP6411862B2 (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2018-10-24 | パナソニック株式会社 | File generation method and file generation apparatus |
KR20150057064A (en) * | 2013-11-18 | 2015-05-28 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Electronic device and control method thereof |
US20150138184A1 (en) * | 2013-11-20 | 2015-05-21 | Apple Inc. | Spatially interactive computing device |
TWI511112B (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2015-12-01 | Acer Inc | Image display method and display system |
CN103605211B (en) * | 2013-11-27 | 2016-04-20 | 南京大学 | Tablet non-auxiliary stereo display device and method |
US9988047B2 (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2018-06-05 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle control system with traffic driving control |
US20150189256A1 (en) * | 2013-12-16 | 2015-07-02 | Christian Stroetmann | Autostereoscopic multi-layer display and control approaches |
CN103676302B (en) * | 2013-12-31 | 2016-04-06 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Realize array base palte, display device and method that 2D/3D display switches |
US10409079B2 (en) | 2014-01-06 | 2019-09-10 | Avegant Corp. | Apparatus, system, and method for displaying an image using a plate |
US10303242B2 (en) | 2014-01-06 | 2019-05-28 | Avegant Corp. | Media chair apparatus, system, and method |
JP6467680B2 (en) * | 2014-01-10 | 2019-02-13 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | File generation method and file generation apparatus |
US20150205884A1 (en) * | 2014-01-22 | 2015-07-23 | AI Squared | Emphasizing a portion of the visible content elements of a markup language document |
US10291907B2 (en) | 2014-01-23 | 2019-05-14 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Multi-view display control for channel selection |
US9182605B2 (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2015-11-10 | Emine Goulanian | Front-projection autostereoscopic 3D display system |
US10565925B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2020-02-18 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Full color display with intrinsic transparency |
US10453371B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2019-10-22 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-layer display with color and contrast enhancement |
US10554962B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2020-02-04 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-layer high transparency display for light field generation |
US10375365B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2019-08-06 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Projection system with enhanced color and contrast |
CN103792672B (en) * | 2014-02-14 | 2016-03-23 | 成都京东方光电科技有限公司 | Stereo display assembly, liquid crystal panel and display device |
CN104853008B (en) * | 2014-02-17 | 2020-05-19 | 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 | Portable device and method capable of switching between two-dimensional display and three-dimensional display |
KR101678389B1 (en) * | 2014-02-28 | 2016-11-22 | 엔트릭스 주식회사 | Method for providing media data based on cloud computing, apparatus and system |
CN103903548B (en) * | 2014-03-07 | 2016-03-02 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | A kind of driving method of display panel and drive system |
US9348495B2 (en) | 2014-03-07 | 2016-05-24 | Sony Corporation | Control of large screen display using wireless portable computer and facilitating selection of audio on a headphone |
CN106572810A (en) | 2014-03-24 | 2017-04-19 | 凯内蒂科尔股份有限公司 | Systems, methods, and devices for removing prospective motion correction from medical imaging scans |
US9373306B2 (en) * | 2014-03-25 | 2016-06-21 | Intel Coporation | Direct viewer projection |
KR102175813B1 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2020-11-09 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Three dimensional image display device and method of processing image |
US20150334367A1 (en) * | 2014-05-13 | 2015-11-19 | Nagravision S.A. | Techniques for displaying three dimensional objects |
US9838756B2 (en) * | 2014-05-20 | 2017-12-05 | Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute | Method and apparatus for providing three-dimensional territorial broadcasting based on non real time service |
KR102204830B1 (en) * | 2014-05-20 | 2021-01-19 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for providing three-dimensional territorial brordcasting based on non real time service |
CN104090365A (en) * | 2014-06-18 | 2014-10-08 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Shutter glasses, display device, display system and display method |
US10613585B2 (en) * | 2014-06-19 | 2020-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Transparent display apparatus, group play system using transparent display apparatus and performance methods thereof |
GB2527548A (en) * | 2014-06-25 | 2015-12-30 | Sharp Kk | Variable barrier pitch correction |
KR102221676B1 (en) * | 2014-07-02 | 2021-03-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method, User terminal and Audio System for the speaker location and level control using the magnetic field |
CN104155769A (en) * | 2014-07-15 | 2014-11-19 | 深圳市亿思达显示科技有限公司 | 2D/3D co-fusion display device and advertizing device |
CN104090818A (en) * | 2014-07-16 | 2014-10-08 | 北京智谷睿拓技术服务有限公司 | Information processing method, device and system |
TWI556624B (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2016-11-01 | 友達光電股份有限公司 | Image displaying method and image dispaly device |
CN104252058B (en) * | 2014-07-18 | 2017-06-20 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Grating control method and device, grating, display panel and 3D display devices |
WO2016014718A1 (en) | 2014-07-23 | 2016-01-28 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
EP3175773A4 (en) * | 2014-07-30 | 2018-10-10 | Olympus Corporation | Image processing device |
WO2016021861A1 (en) * | 2014-08-02 | 2016-02-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Electronic device and user interaction method thereof |
KR102366677B1 (en) * | 2014-08-02 | 2022-02-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and Method for User Interaction thereof |
CN105323654B (en) * | 2014-08-05 | 2019-02-15 | 优视科技有限公司 | The method and apparatus for carrying out the content-data of automatic network is presented |
JP6327062B2 (en) * | 2014-08-25 | 2018-05-23 | オムロン株式会社 | Display device |
US9925980B2 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2018-03-27 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle collision avoidance system with enhanced pedestrian avoidance |
US11205305B2 (en) | 2014-09-22 | 2021-12-21 | Samsung Electronics Company, Ltd. | Presentation of three-dimensional video |
US10313656B2 (en) | 2014-09-22 | 2019-06-04 | Samsung Electronics Company Ltd. | Image stitching for three-dimensional video |
US10393943B2 (en) | 2014-09-25 | 2019-08-27 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Display device with directional control of the output, and a back light for such a display device |
FR3026589A1 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2016-04-01 | Orange | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ADAPTING THE DISPLAY OF A VIDEO STREAM BY A CLIENT |
FR3026852B1 (en) * | 2014-10-03 | 2016-12-02 | Thales Sa | SEMI-TRANSPARENT SCREEN DISPLAY SYSTEM SHARED BY TWO OBSERVERS |
US10506295B2 (en) * | 2014-10-09 | 2019-12-10 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Systems and methods for delivering secondary content to viewers |
KR102266064B1 (en) * | 2014-10-15 | 2021-06-18 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Method of driving display panel, display panel driving apparatus and display apparatus having the display panel driving apparatus |
US20160119685A1 (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Display method and display device |
CN104361622B (en) * | 2014-10-31 | 2018-06-19 | 福建星网视易信息系统有限公司 | A kind of interface method for drafting and device |
DE102014225796A1 (en) * | 2014-12-15 | 2016-06-16 | Bayerische Motoren Werke Aktiengesellschaft | Method for controlling a vehicle system |
CN104461440B (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2018-01-02 | 上海天马有机发光显示技术有限公司 | Rendering intent, rendering device and display device |
KR102214345B1 (en) | 2015-01-10 | 2021-02-09 | 레이아 인코포레이티드 | Two-dimensional/three-dimensional(2d/3d) switchable display backlight and electronic display |
WO2016111709A1 (en) | 2015-01-10 | 2016-07-14 | Leia Inc. | Diffraction grating-based backlighting having controlled diffractive coupling efficiency |
PT3243094T (en) | 2015-01-10 | 2022-07-05 | Leia Inc | Polarization-mixing light guide and multibeam grating-based backlighting using same |
KR20160089600A (en) * | 2015-01-19 | 2016-07-28 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Display device |
WO2016118107A1 (en) | 2015-01-19 | 2016-07-28 | Leia Inc. | Unidirectional grating-based backlighting employing a reflective island |
US9690110B2 (en) * | 2015-01-21 | 2017-06-27 | Apple Inc. | Fine-coarse autostereoscopic display |
KR102243288B1 (en) * | 2015-01-28 | 2021-04-22 | 레이아 인코포레이티드 | Three-dimensional (3d) electronic display |
US20160227156A1 (en) * | 2015-02-02 | 2016-08-04 | Hisense Hiview Tech Co., Ltd. | Modular television system |
JP6359990B2 (en) * | 2015-02-24 | 2018-07-18 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and display method |
JP6359989B2 (en) * | 2015-02-24 | 2018-07-18 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device and display method |
TWI554788B (en) * | 2015-03-04 | 2016-10-21 | 友達光電股份有限公司 | Display device |
KR102321364B1 (en) * | 2015-03-05 | 2021-11-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for synthesizing a 3d backgroud content and device thereof |
EP3271761B1 (en) | 2015-03-16 | 2021-04-21 | LEIA Inc. | Unidirectional grating-based backlighting employing an angularly selective reflective layer |
US9823474B2 (en) | 2015-04-02 | 2017-11-21 | Avegant Corp. | System, apparatus, and method for displaying an image with a wider field of view |
US9995857B2 (en) | 2015-04-03 | 2018-06-12 | Avegant Corp. | System, apparatus, and method for displaying an image using focal modulation |
JP6961491B2 (en) | 2015-04-23 | 2021-11-05 | レイア、インコーポレイテッドLeia Inc. | Double light-guided grid-based backlight and electronic display with the same backlight |
US10360617B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2019-07-23 | Walmart Apollo, Llc | Automated shopping apparatus and method in response to consumption |
US9705936B2 (en) | 2015-04-24 | 2017-07-11 | Mersive Technologies, Inc. | System and method for interactive and real-time visualization of distributed media |
EP3295242B1 (en) | 2015-05-09 | 2020-05-06 | LEIA Inc. | Colour-scanning grating-based backlight and electronic display using the same |
CN104834104B (en) * | 2015-05-25 | 2017-05-24 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | 2D/3D switchable display panel, and display method and display device thereof |
WO2016195647A1 (en) | 2015-05-30 | 2016-12-08 | Leia Inc. | Vehicle monitoring system |
US10904091B2 (en) * | 2015-06-03 | 2021-01-26 | Avago Technologies International Sales Pte. Limited | System for network-based reallocation of functions |
CN104883559A (en) * | 2015-06-06 | 2015-09-02 | 深圳市虚拟现实科技有限公司 | Video playing method and video playing device |
CN104851394B (en) * | 2015-06-10 | 2017-11-28 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | A kind of display device and display methods |
CN104849870B (en) * | 2015-06-12 | 2018-01-09 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Display panel and display device |
WO2016204490A1 (en) * | 2015-06-16 | 2016-12-22 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Broadcast signal transmission device, broadcast signal reception device, broadcast signal transmission method, and broadcast signal reception method |
US9846310B2 (en) * | 2015-06-22 | 2017-12-19 | Innolux Corporation | 3D image display device with improved depth ranges |
GB2540376A (en) * | 2015-07-14 | 2017-01-18 | Sharp Kk | Parallax barrier with independently controllable regions |
GB2540377A (en) | 2015-07-14 | 2017-01-18 | Sharp Kk | Parallax barrier with independently controllable regions |
FR3038995B1 (en) * | 2015-07-15 | 2018-05-11 | F4 | INTERACTIVE DEVICE WITH CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY |
US20170018215A1 (en) * | 2015-07-17 | 2017-01-19 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Arrangements for a software configurable lighting device |
US10349488B2 (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2019-07-09 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Software configurable lighting device |
KR20180030876A (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2018-03-26 | 에이비엘 아이피 홀딩, 엘엘씨 | Systems and methods for providing configuration data to a software configurable lighting device |
US9943247B2 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2018-04-17 | The University Of Hawai'i | Systems, devices, and methods for detecting false movements for motion correction during a medical imaging scan |
US10079000B2 (en) | 2015-08-12 | 2018-09-18 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Reducing display degradation |
CN105100783B (en) | 2015-08-19 | 2018-03-23 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | 3D display device and 3D display method |
US10186188B2 (en) * | 2015-09-23 | 2019-01-22 | Motorola Solutions, Inc. | Multi-angle simultaneous view light-emitting diode display |
EP3148188A1 (en) * | 2015-09-24 | 2017-03-29 | Airbus Operations GmbH | Virtual windows for airborne verhicles |
FR3042620B1 (en) | 2015-10-16 | 2017-12-08 | F4 | INTERACTIVE WEB DEVICE WITH CUSTOMIZABLE DISPLAY |
CN107566822B (en) * | 2015-10-20 | 2019-03-26 | 深圳超多维科技有限公司 | A kind of method, apparatus and electronic equipment of bore hole stereoscopic display |
CN105306866A (en) * | 2015-10-27 | 2016-02-03 | 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 | Frame rate conversion method and device |
KR102642700B1 (en) * | 2015-11-10 | 2024-03-04 | 레이아 인코포레이티드 | Display device and display control method |
US11079931B2 (en) | 2015-11-13 | 2021-08-03 | Harman International Industries, Incorporated | User interface for in-vehicle system |
US20170148488A1 (en) * | 2015-11-20 | 2017-05-25 | Mediatek Inc. | Video data processing system and associated method for analyzing and summarizing recorded video data |
WO2017091479A1 (en) | 2015-11-23 | 2017-06-01 | Kineticor, Inc. | Systems, devices, and methods for tracking and compensating for patient motion during a medical imaging scan |
US10144419B2 (en) | 2015-11-23 | 2018-12-04 | Magna Electronics Inc. | Vehicle dynamic control system for emergency handling |
US9711128B2 (en) * | 2015-12-04 | 2017-07-18 | Opentv, Inc. | Combined audio for multiple content presentation |
MX2018008789A (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2019-03-28 | Walmart Apollo Llc | Consumable item ordering system. |
US10373544B1 (en) | 2016-01-29 | 2019-08-06 | Leia, Inc. | Transformation from tiled to composite images |
NZ744813A (en) * | 2016-01-29 | 2019-10-25 | Magic Leap Inc | Display for three-dimensional image |
WO2017156622A1 (en) * | 2016-03-13 | 2017-09-21 | Rising Sun Productions Limited | Head-mounted audiovisual capture device |
US10063917B2 (en) * | 2016-03-16 | 2018-08-28 | Sorenson Media Inc. | Fingerprint layouts for content fingerprinting |
US10691880B2 (en) * | 2016-03-29 | 2020-06-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Ink in an electronic document |
US10200428B1 (en) * | 2016-03-30 | 2019-02-05 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Unicast routing of a media stream to subscribers |
US10185787B1 (en) * | 2016-04-06 | 2019-01-22 | Bentley Systems, Incorporated | Tool for accurate onsite model visualization that facilitates environment interaction |
US10256277B2 (en) * | 2016-04-11 | 2019-04-09 | Abl Ip Holding Llc | Luminaire utilizing a transparent organic light emitting device display |
WO2017188955A1 (en) * | 2016-04-28 | 2017-11-02 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Digital display devices |
US10579238B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-03-03 | Sap Se | Flexible screen layout across multiple platforms |
US10353534B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2019-07-16 | Sap Se | Overview page in multi application user interface |
TWI626475B (en) * | 2016-06-08 | 2018-06-11 | 國立交通大學 | Stereoscopic display screen and stereoscopic display system |
US10231073B2 (en) | 2016-06-17 | 2019-03-12 | Dts, Inc. | Ambisonic audio rendering with depth decoding |
CN105842865B (en) * | 2016-06-21 | 2018-01-30 | 成都工业学院 | A kind of slim grating 3D display device based on slit grating |
CN106257321B (en) * | 2016-06-28 | 2021-11-30 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | 3D head-up display system and method |
US20180035236A1 (en) * | 2016-07-28 | 2018-02-01 | Leonardo Basterra | Audio System with Binaural Elements and Method of Use with Perspective Switching |
US10235010B2 (en) | 2016-07-28 | 2019-03-19 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Information processing apparatus configured to generate an audio signal corresponding to a virtual viewpoint image, information processing system, information processing method, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium |
US10089063B2 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-10-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multimedia device for processing spatialized audio based on movement |
US10154253B2 (en) * | 2016-08-29 | 2018-12-11 | Disney Enterprises, Inc. | Multi-view displays using images encoded with orbital angular momentum (OAM) on a pixel or image basis |
WO2018044711A1 (en) * | 2016-08-31 | 2018-03-08 | Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. | Systems and methods of enabling retail shopping while disabling components based on location |
US10271043B2 (en) * | 2016-11-18 | 2019-04-23 | Zspace, Inc. | 3D user interface—360-degree visualization of 2D webpage content |
US10127715B2 (en) * | 2016-11-18 | 2018-11-13 | Zspace, Inc. | 3D user interface—non-native stereoscopic image conversion |
US11003305B2 (en) * | 2016-11-18 | 2021-05-11 | Zspace, Inc. | 3D user interface |
US10621898B2 (en) * | 2016-11-23 | 2020-04-14 | Pure Depth Limited | Multi-layer display system for vehicle dash or the like |
GB2556910A (en) * | 2016-11-25 | 2018-06-13 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Virtual reality display |
US10170060B2 (en) * | 2016-12-27 | 2019-01-01 | Facebook Technologies, Llc | Interlaced liquid crystal display panel and backlight used in a head mounted display |
US10425700B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2019-09-24 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic scheduling and channel creation based on real-time or near-real-time content context analysis |
US11038932B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-06-15 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | System for establishing a shared media session for one or more client devices |
US10694231B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2020-06-23 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic channel versioning in a broadcast air chain based on user preferences |
US10965967B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-03-30 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate per-client live media output stream based on dynamic insertion of targeted non-programming content and customized programming content |
US11134309B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-09-28 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Creation of channels using pre-encoded media assets |
US11051074B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-06-29 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing disparate live media output streams using live input streams |
US10645462B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2020-05-05 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic channel versioning in a broadcast air chain |
US10075753B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2018-09-11 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic scheduling and channel creation based on user selection |
US11109086B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-08-31 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing disparate live media output streams in mixed mode |
US11051061B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-06-29 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate live media output stream using pre-encoded media assets |
US11503352B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2022-11-15 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Dynamic scheduling and channel creation based on external data |
US10992973B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2021-04-27 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a plurality of disparate live media output stream manifests using live input streams and pre-encoded media assets |
US10856016B2 (en) | 2016-12-31 | 2020-12-01 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing disparate live media output streams in mixed mode based on user selection |
CN108287679A (en) * | 2017-01-10 | 2018-07-17 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of display characteristic parameter adjusting method and terminal |
CN106710531B (en) * | 2017-01-19 | 2019-11-05 | 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 | Backlight control circuit and electronic device |
US11044464B2 (en) * | 2017-02-09 | 2021-06-22 | Fyusion, Inc. | Dynamic content modification of image and video based multi-view interactive digital media representations |
US10650416B1 (en) * | 2017-02-17 | 2020-05-12 | Sprint Communications Company L.P. | Live production interface and response testing |
US10210833B2 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2019-02-19 | Panasonic Liquid Crystal Display Co., Ltd. | Display device |
US10078135B1 (en) * | 2017-04-25 | 2018-09-18 | Intel Corporation | Identifying a physical distance using audio channels |
US10375375B2 (en) * | 2017-05-15 | 2019-08-06 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of providing fixed region information or offset region information for subtitle in virtual reality system and device for controlling the same |
FR3066672B1 (en) * | 2017-05-19 | 2020-05-22 | Sagemcom Broadband Sas | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING AN IMMERSIVE VIDEO |
US11095942B2 (en) | 2017-05-25 | 2021-08-17 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Rules-based delivery and presentation of non-programming media items at client device |
IL270856B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2023-12-01 | Magic Leap Inc | Power supply assembly with fan assembly for electronic device |
WO2018231258A1 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-20 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Generating user interface containers |
CN107146573B (en) * | 2017-06-26 | 2020-05-01 | 上海天马有机发光显示技术有限公司 | Display panel, display method thereof and display device |
EP3422151A1 (en) * | 2017-06-30 | 2019-01-02 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Methods, apparatus, systems, computer programs for enabling consumption of virtual content for mediated reality |
US20190026004A1 (en) * | 2017-07-18 | 2019-01-24 | Chicago Labs, LLC | Three Dimensional Icons for Computer Applications |
WO2019023489A1 (en) | 2017-07-28 | 2019-01-31 | Magic Leap, Inc. | Fan assembly for displaying an image |
CN107396087B (en) * | 2017-07-31 | 2019-03-12 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Naked eye three-dimensional display device and its control method |
US10692279B2 (en) * | 2017-07-31 | 2020-06-23 | Quantum Spatial, Inc. | Systems and methods for facilitating making partial selections of multidimensional information while maintaining a multidimensional structure |
US11049218B2 (en) | 2017-08-11 | 2021-06-29 | Samsung Electronics Company, Ltd. | Seamless image stitching |
US10515397B2 (en) * | 2017-09-08 | 2019-12-24 | Uptown Network LLC | System and method for facilitating virtual gift giving |
CN107707901B (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2019-10-25 | 深圳超多维科技有限公司 | It is a kind of for the display methods of naked eye 3D display screen, device and equipment |
CN108205411A (en) * | 2017-09-30 | 2018-06-26 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Display changeover method and device, terminal |
US10777057B1 (en) * | 2017-11-30 | 2020-09-15 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Premises security system with audio simulating occupancy |
US10212532B1 (en) | 2017-12-13 | 2019-02-19 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Immersive media with media device |
EP3503579B1 (en) * | 2017-12-20 | 2022-03-23 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Multi-camera device |
US11132842B2 (en) * | 2017-12-22 | 2021-09-28 | Unity IPR ApS | Method and system for synchronizing a plurality of augmented reality devices to a virtual reality device |
JP2019154008A (en) * | 2018-03-06 | 2019-09-12 | シャープ株式会社 | Stereoscopic image display device, method for displaying liquid crystal display, and program for liquid crystal display |
CN108469682A (en) * | 2018-03-30 | 2018-08-31 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | A kind of three-dimensional display apparatus and its 3 D displaying method |
CN108490703B (en) * | 2018-04-03 | 2021-10-15 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Display system and display control method thereof |
US11025892B1 (en) | 2018-04-04 | 2021-06-01 | James Andrew Aman | System and method for simultaneously providing public and private images |
US10523922B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2019-12-31 | Zspace, Inc. | Identifying replacement 3D images for 2D images via ranking criteria |
US10523921B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2019-12-31 | Zspace, Inc. | Replacing 2D images with 3D images |
US10609503B2 (en) | 2018-04-08 | 2020-03-31 | Dts, Inc. | Ambisonic depth extraction |
JP7174941B2 (en) * | 2018-04-11 | 2022-11-18 | アルカクルーズ インク | digital media system |
US10999573B2 (en) * | 2018-04-25 | 2021-05-04 | Raxium, Inc. | Partial light field display architecture |
CN112005289B (en) | 2018-04-26 | 2023-07-18 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Display device and electronic apparatus |
EP3579584A1 (en) | 2018-06-07 | 2019-12-11 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Controlling rendering of a spatial audio scene |
US10600246B2 (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2020-03-24 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Pinning virtual reality passthrough regions to real-world locations |
KR102506873B1 (en) * | 2018-07-18 | 2023-03-08 | 현대자동차주식회사 | Vehicle cluster having a three-dimensional effect, system having the same and method providing a three-dimensional scene thereof |
US11276360B2 (en) * | 2018-07-27 | 2022-03-15 | Kyocera Corporation | Display device and mobile body |
US10893299B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-01-12 | Intel Corporation | Surface normal vector processing mechanism |
US11212506B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-12-28 | Intel Corporation | Reduced rendering of six-degree of freedom video |
US10887574B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-01-05 | Intel Corporation | Selective packing of patches for immersive video |
US10762394B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2020-09-01 | Intel Corporation | System and method for 3D blob classification and transmission |
US11178373B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 | 2021-11-16 | Intel Corporation | Adaptive resolution of point cloud and viewpoint prediction for video streaming in computing environments |
US10757324B2 (en) | 2018-08-03 | 2020-08-25 | Semiconductor Components Industries, Llc | Transform processors for gradually switching between image transforms |
US11057631B2 (en) | 2018-10-10 | 2021-07-06 | Intel Corporation | Point cloud coding standard conformance definition in computing environments |
US11727859B2 (en) | 2018-10-25 | 2023-08-15 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Display panel and display device |
CN109192136B (en) * | 2018-10-25 | 2020-12-22 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | Display substrate, light field display device and driving method thereof |
US10880534B2 (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2020-12-29 | Korea Electronics Technology Institute | Electronic device and method for tiled video multi-channel playback |
KR102023905B1 (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2019-11-04 | 전자부품연구원 | Electronic device and method for multi-channel reproduction of tiled image |
US10699673B2 (en) * | 2018-11-19 | 2020-06-30 | Facebook Technologies, Llc | Apparatus, systems, and methods for local dimming in brightness-controlled environments |
CN109598254B (en) * | 2018-12-17 | 2019-11-26 | 海南大学 | The space representation combined optimization method of Group-oriented |
US10880606B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2020-12-29 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Disparate live media output stream playout and broadcast distribution |
US11082734B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2021-08-03 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate live media output stream that complies with distribution format regulations |
US10873774B2 (en) | 2018-12-22 | 2020-12-22 | Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. | Publishing a disparate live media output stream manifest that includes one or more media segments corresponding to key events |
CN109725819B (en) * | 2018-12-25 | 2022-12-13 | 浙江玖炫智能信息技术有限公司 | Interface display method and device, double-screen double-system terminal and readable storage medium |
US10854171B2 (en) | 2018-12-31 | 2020-12-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-user personal display system and applications thereof |
EP3687166A1 (en) * | 2019-01-23 | 2020-07-29 | Ultra-D Coöperatief U.A. | Interoperable 3d image content handling |
CN109686303B (en) * | 2019-01-28 | 2021-09-17 | 厦门天马微电子有限公司 | Organic light-emitting display panel, organic light-emitting display device and compensation method |
JP7317517B2 (en) * | 2019-02-12 | 2023-07-31 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ | Display device |
US10932080B2 (en) | 2019-02-14 | 2021-02-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Multi-sensor object tracking for modifying audio |
CN110007475A (en) * | 2019-04-17 | 2019-07-12 | 万维云视(上海)数码科技有限公司 | Utilize the method and apparatus of virtual depth compensation eyesight |
US10571744B1 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2020-02-25 | Apple Inc. | Displays with adjustable direct-lit backlight units and power consumption compensation |
US10504453B1 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2019-12-10 | Apple Inc. | Displays with adjustable direct-lit backlight units |
US10964275B2 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2021-03-30 | Apple Inc. | Displays with adjustable direct-lit backlight units and adaptive processing |
CN113826066A (en) * | 2019-04-29 | 2021-12-21 | 惠普发展公司, 有限责任合伙企业 | Wireless configuration of display attributes |
CN110262051B (en) * | 2019-07-26 | 2023-12-29 | 成都工业学院 | Retroreflective stereoscopic display device based on directional light source |
EP3779612A1 (en) * | 2019-08-16 | 2021-02-17 | The Swatch Group Research and Development Ltd | Method for broadcasting a message to the wearer of a watch |
US11335095B1 (en) * | 2019-08-27 | 2022-05-17 | Gopro, Inc. | Systems and methods for characterizing visual content |
WO2021045733A1 (en) * | 2019-09-03 | 2021-03-11 | Light Field Lab, Inc. | Light field display system for gaming environments |
CN111415629B (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2022-02-22 | Tcl华星光电技术有限公司 | Display device driving method and display device |
US11750795B2 (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2023-09-05 | Apple Inc. | Displays with viewer tracking |
US11936844B1 (en) | 2020-08-11 | 2024-03-19 | Apple Inc. | Pre-processing in a display pipeline |
CN112505942B (en) * | 2021-02-03 | 2021-04-20 | 成都工业学院 | Multi-resolution stereoscopic display device based on rear projection light source |
CN113992885B (en) * | 2021-09-22 | 2023-03-21 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | Data synchronization method and device |
NL2030325B1 (en) * | 2021-12-28 | 2023-07-03 | Dimenco Holding B V | Scaling of three-dimensional content for an autostereoscopic display device |
KR20230112485A (en) * | 2022-01-20 | 2023-07-27 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Display device and operating method thereof |
CN114936002A (en) * | 2022-06-10 | 2022-08-23 | 斑马网络技术有限公司 | Interface display method and device and vehicle |
Citations (94)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4829365A (en) * | 1986-03-07 | 1989-05-09 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Autostereoscopic display with illuminating lines, light valve and mask |
US5315377A (en) * | 1991-10-28 | 1994-05-24 | Nippon Hoso Kyokai | Three-dimensional image display using electrically generated parallax barrier stripes |
US5615046A (en) * | 1995-01-23 | 1997-03-25 | Cyber Scientific Inc. | Stereoscopic viewing system |
US5855425A (en) * | 1996-07-19 | 1999-01-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic display |
US5945965A (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 1999-08-31 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method |
US5969850A (en) * | 1996-09-27 | 1999-10-19 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator, directional display and directional light source |
US5990975A (en) * | 1996-11-22 | 1999-11-23 | Acer Peripherals, Inc. | Dual screen displaying device |
US6023277A (en) * | 1996-07-03 | 2000-02-08 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Display control apparatus and method |
US6049424A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 2000-04-11 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display device |
US6094216A (en) * | 1995-05-22 | 2000-07-25 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method, and stereoscopic image display apparatus using the method |
US6144375A (en) * | 1998-08-14 | 2000-11-07 | Praja Inc. | Multi-perspective viewer for content-based interactivity |
US6188442B1 (en) * | 1997-08-01 | 2001-02-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiviewer display system for television monitors |
US20020167862A1 (en) * | 2001-04-03 | 2002-11-14 | Carlo Tomasi | Method and apparatus for approximating a source position of a sound-causing event for determining an input used in operating an electronic device |
US20020171666A1 (en) * | 1999-02-19 | 2002-11-21 | Takaaki Endo | Image processing apparatus for interpolating and generating images from an arbitrary view point |
US20030103165A1 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2003-06-05 | Werner Bullinger | System for operating a consumer electronics appaliance |
US20030137506A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-07-24 | Daniel Efran | Image-based rendering for 3D viewing |
US20030154261A1 (en) * | 1994-10-17 | 2003-08-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California, A Corporation Of The State Of California | Distributed hypermedia method and system for automatically invoking external application providing interaction and display of embedded objects within a hypermedia document |
US20030223499A1 (en) * | 2002-04-09 | 2003-12-04 | Nicholas Routhier | Process and system for encoding and playback of stereoscopic video sequences |
US20040027452A1 (en) * | 2002-08-07 | 2004-02-12 | Yun Kug Jin | Method and apparatus for multiplexing multi-view three-dimensional moving picture |
US20040041747A1 (en) * | 2002-08-27 | 2004-03-04 | Nec Corporation | 3D image/2D image switching display apparatus and portable terminal device |
US6710920B1 (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2004-03-23 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd | Stereoscopic display |
US20040109093A1 (en) * | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Small-Stryker Aaron Tug | Method and apparatus for simultaneous television video presentation and separate viewing of different broadcasts |
US20040141237A1 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2004-07-22 | Wohlstadter Jacob N. | Three dimensional imaging system |
US20040164292A1 (en) * | 2003-02-21 | 2004-08-26 | Yeh-Jiun Tung | Transflective display having an OLED backlight |
US20040239231A1 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2004-12-02 | Keisuke Miyagawa | Display device and electronic equipment |
US20040252187A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2004-12-16 | Alden Ray M. | Processes and apparatuses for efficient multiple program and 3D display |
US20050073472A1 (en) * | 2003-07-26 | 2005-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of removing Moire pattern in 3D image display apparatus using complete parallax |
US20050128353A1 (en) * | 2003-12-16 | 2005-06-16 | Young Bruce A. | System and method for using second remote control device for sub-picture control in television receiver |
US20060050785A1 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2006-03-09 | Nucore Technology Inc. | Inserting a high resolution still image into a lower resolution video stream |
US7030903B2 (en) * | 1997-02-20 | 2006-04-18 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image display system, information processing apparatus, and method of controlling the same |
US7038698B1 (en) * | 1996-02-08 | 2006-05-02 | Palm Charles S | 3D stereo browser for the internet |
US20060109242A1 (en) * | 2004-11-19 | 2006-05-25 | Simpkins Daniel S | User interface for impaired users |
US20060139490A1 (en) * | 2004-12-15 | 2006-06-29 | Fekkes Wilhelmus F | Synchronizing audio with delayed video |
US20060139448A1 (en) * | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | 3D displays with flexible switching capability of 2D/3D viewing modes |
US7123213B2 (en) * | 1995-10-05 | 2006-10-17 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display unit and display method |
US20060244918A1 (en) * | 2005-04-27 | 2006-11-02 | Actuality Systems, Inc. | Minimized-thickness angular scanner of electromagnetic radiation |
US20060256302A1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Three-dimensional (3D) image projection |
US20060256136A1 (en) * | 2001-10-01 | 2006-11-16 | Adobe Systems Incorporated, A Delaware Corporation | Compositing two-dimensional and three-dimensional image layers |
US20060271791A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Method and system for biometric based access control of media content presentation devices |
US20070008406A1 (en) * | 2005-07-08 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | High resolution 2D-3D switchable autostereoscopic display apparatus |
US20070008620A1 (en) * | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Switchable autostereoscopic display |
US20070085814A1 (en) * | 2003-09-20 | 2007-04-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Image display device |
US20070096125A1 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2007-05-03 | Uwe Vogel | Illumination device |
US20070097103A1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2007-05-03 | Shoji Yoshioka | Portable display device |
US20070139371A1 (en) * | 2005-04-04 | 2007-06-21 | Harsham Bret A | Control system and method for differentiating multiple users utilizing multi-view display devices |
US20070146267A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Lg.Philips Lcd Co., Ltd. | Display device and method of driving the same |
US20070153916A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Wireless video transmission system |
US20070162392A1 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Management of Streaming Content |
US20070258140A1 (en) * | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multiview autostereoscopic display |
US20070270218A1 (en) * | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-22 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Storage medium having game program stored thereon and game apparatus |
US20070296874A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2007-12-27 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Display Device,Method of Adjusting the Image Quality of the Display Device, Device for Adjusting the Image Quality and Device for Adjusting the Contrast |
US20080025390A1 (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-01-31 | Fang Shi | Adaptive video frame interpolation |
US20080037120A1 (en) * | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | High resolution 2d/3d switchable display apparatus |
US20080068329A1 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2008-03-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-view autostereoscopic display with improved resolution |
US7359105B2 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2008-04-15 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator and a display device |
US20080126557A1 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2008-05-29 | Tetsuro Motoyama | System, method, and computer program product using an SNMP implementation to obtain vendor information from remote devices |
US20080133122A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2008-06-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Multiple visual display device and vehicle-mounted navigation system |
US20080165176A1 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2008-07-10 | Charles Jens Archer | Method of Video Display and Multiplayer Gaming |
US20080168129A1 (en) * | 2007-01-08 | 2008-07-10 | Jeffrey Robbin | Pairing a Media Server and a Media Client |
US20080191964A1 (en) * | 2005-04-22 | 2008-08-14 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Auto-Stereoscopic Display With Mixed Mode For Concurrent Display of Two- and Three-Dimensional Images |
US20080246757A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2008-10-09 | Masahiro Ito | 3D Image Generation and Display System |
US7440193B2 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2008-10-21 | Gunasekaran R Alfred | Wide-angle variable focal length lens system |
US20080259233A1 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2008-10-23 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Autostereoscopic Display Device |
US20080273242A1 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2008-11-06 | Graham John Woodgate | Directional Display Apparatus |
US20080284844A1 (en) * | 2003-02-05 | 2008-11-20 | Graham John Woodgate | Switchable Lens |
US20080303832A1 (en) * | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of generating two-dimensional/three-dimensional convertible stereoscopic image bitstream and method and apparatus for displaying the same |
US20090002178A1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic mood sensing |
US20090010264A1 (en) * | 2006-03-21 | 2009-01-08 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and System for Ensuring QoS and SLA Server |
US20090052164A1 (en) * | 2007-08-24 | 2009-02-26 | Masako Kashiwagi | Directional backlight, display apparatus, and stereoscopic display apparatus |
US20090051759A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2009-02-26 | Adkins Sean M | Equipment and methods for the synchronization of stereoscopic projection displays |
US20090058845A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2009-03-05 | Yasuhiro Fukuda | Display device |
US7511774B2 (en) * | 2005-11-30 | 2009-03-31 | Samsung Mobile Display Co., Ltd. | Three-dimensional display device |
US20090115783A1 (en) * | 2007-11-02 | 2009-05-07 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | 3d optical illusions from off-axis displays |
US20090115800A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2009-05-07 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Multi-view display device |
US20090133051A1 (en) * | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-21 | Gesturetek, Inc. | Device access control |
US20090138805A1 (en) * | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-28 | Gesturetek, Inc. | Media preferences |
US20090141182A1 (en) * | 2007-12-03 | 2009-06-04 | Panasonic Corporation | Digital broadcast receiving apparatus, semiconductor integrated circuit, and digital broadcast receiving method |
US20090167639A1 (en) * | 2008-01-02 | 2009-07-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of reducing perceived image crosstalk in a multiview display |
US20090174700A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2009-07-09 | Casio Computer Co., Ltd. | Illuminator for emitting at least two lights having directivity and display apparatus using same |
US20090319625A1 (en) * | 2008-06-20 | 2009-12-24 | Alcatel Lucent | Interactivity in a digital public signage network architecture |
US20100071015A1 (en) * | 2008-09-18 | 2010-03-18 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Apparatus for video and audio reproduction |
US20100066850A1 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2010-03-18 | Westar Display Technologies, Inc. | Motion artifact measurement for display devices |
US20100079374A1 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2010-04-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Method of controlling a system |
US20100097525A1 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2010-04-22 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Display device and display method |
US20100238367A1 (en) * | 2007-10-01 | 2010-09-23 | David James Montgomery | Light output arrangement and display |
US20100238274A1 (en) * | 2009-03-16 | 2010-09-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of displaying three-dimensional image data and an apparatus of processing three-dimensional image data |
US20100245548A1 (en) * | 2009-02-20 | 2010-09-30 | Taiji Sasaki | Recording medium, playback device, and integrated circuit |
US20100309290A1 (en) * | 2009-06-08 | 2010-12-09 | Stephen Brooks Myers | System for capture and display of stereoscopic content |
US20110016004A1 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2011-01-20 | Zoesis, Inc., A Delaware Corporation | Interactive character system |
US7885079B2 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2011-02-08 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Flexible electronic assembly |
US20110043475A1 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2011-02-24 | Panasonic Corporation | Method and system of identifying a user of a handheld device |
US20110050687A1 (en) * | 2008-04-04 | 2011-03-03 | Denis Vladimirovich Alyshev | Presentation of Objects in Stereoscopic 3D Displays |
US20110063289A1 (en) * | 2008-05-08 | 2011-03-17 | Seereal Technologies S.A. | Device for displaying stereoscopic images |
US20110157172A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Broadcom Corporation | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
Family Cites Families (169)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS56109649A (en) | 1980-02-05 | 1981-08-31 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Ultrasonic diagnosing device |
US5493427A (en) * | 1993-05-25 | 1996-02-20 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Three-dimensional display unit with a variable lens |
US6985168B2 (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 2006-01-10 | Reveo, Inc. | Intelligent method and system for producing and displaying stereoscopically-multiplexed images of three-dimensional objects for use in realistic stereoscopic viewing thereof in interactive virtual reality display environments |
JP3796776B2 (en) * | 1995-09-28 | 2006-07-12 | ソニー株式会社 | Video / audio playback device |
US7190518B1 (en) * | 1996-01-22 | 2007-03-13 | 3Ality, Inc. | Systems for and methods of three dimensional viewing |
JPH10224825A (en) * | 1997-02-10 | 1998-08-21 | Canon Inc | Image display system, image display device in the system, information processing unit, control method and storage medium |
JPH10232626A (en) * | 1997-02-20 | 1998-09-02 | Canon Inc | Stereoscopic image display device |
US6590605B1 (en) | 1998-10-14 | 2003-07-08 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Autostereoscopic display |
JP2000148108A (en) * | 1998-11-09 | 2000-05-26 | Hitachi Ltd | Image display device |
US6757422B1 (en) * | 1998-11-12 | 2004-06-29 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Viewpoint position detection apparatus and method, and stereoscopic image display system |
US6533420B1 (en) | 1999-01-22 | 2003-03-18 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for generating and projecting autostereoscopic images |
US6591306B1 (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2003-07-08 | Nec Corporation | IP network access for portable devices |
US20050177850A1 (en) * | 1999-10-29 | 2005-08-11 | United Video Properties, Inc. | Interactive television system with programming-related links |
US8271336B2 (en) | 1999-11-22 | 2012-09-18 | Accenture Global Services Gmbh | Increased visibility during order management in a network-based supply chain environment |
US6976090B2 (en) * | 2000-04-20 | 2005-12-13 | Actona Technologies Ltd. | Differentiated content and application delivery via internet |
US7389214B1 (en) | 2000-05-01 | 2008-06-17 | Accenture, Llp | Category analysis in a market management |
WO2001097531A2 (en) | 2000-06-12 | 2001-12-20 | Vrex, Inc. | Electronic stereoscopic media delivery system |
WO2002025925A2 (en) * | 2000-09-22 | 2002-03-28 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics Nv | Hybrid temporal-snr fine granular scalability video coding |
US6856581B1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2005-02-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Batteryless, oscillatorless, binary time cell usable as an horological device with associated programming methods and devices |
DE10103922A1 (en) | 2001-01-30 | 2002-08-01 | Physoptics Opto Electronic Gmb | Interactive data viewing and operating system |
US20020194604A1 (en) | 2001-06-19 | 2002-12-19 | Sanchez Elizabeth C. | Interactive television virtual shopping cart |
JP2003322824A (en) * | 2002-02-26 | 2003-11-14 | Namco Ltd | Stereoscopic video display device and electronic apparatus |
EP1501316A4 (en) * | 2002-04-25 | 2009-01-21 | Sharp Kk | Multimedia information generation method and multimedia information reproduction device |
JP3738843B2 (en) | 2002-06-11 | 2006-01-25 | ソニー株式会社 | Image detection apparatus, image detection method, and image detection program |
JP4362105B2 (en) * | 2002-07-16 | 2009-11-11 | 韓國電子通信研究院 | Apparatus and method for adaptive conversion of 2D and 3D stereoscopic video signals |
JP2004072202A (en) | 2002-08-01 | 2004-03-04 | Ktfreetel Co Ltd | Separate billing method of communication utility charge and apparatus therefor |
US20080008202A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2008-01-10 | Terrell William C | Router with routing processors and methods for virtualization |
US7769668B2 (en) | 2002-12-09 | 2010-08-03 | Sam Balabon | System and method for facilitating trading of financial instruments |
US8270810B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2012-09-18 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for advertisement insertion and playback for STB with PVR functionality |
US8799366B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2014-08-05 | Broadcom Corporation | Migration of stored media through a media exchange network |
CA2457602A1 (en) | 2003-02-19 | 2004-08-19 | Impatica Inc. | Method of synchronizing streams of real time data |
EP1628491A4 (en) * | 2003-05-28 | 2011-10-26 | Sanyo Electric Co | 3-dimensional video display device, text data processing device, program, and storage medium |
US8438601B2 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2013-05-07 | Rovi Solutions Corporation | Resource management for a networked personal video recording system |
US7557876B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2009-07-07 | Nitto Denko Corporation | Anisotropic fluorescent thin crystal film and backlight system and liquid crystal display incorporating the same |
GB0326005D0 (en) | 2003-11-07 | 2003-12-10 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Waveguide for autostereoscopic display |
US7488072B2 (en) | 2003-12-04 | 2009-02-10 | New York University | Eye tracked foveal display by controlled illumination |
JP4845893B2 (en) | 2004-01-20 | 2011-12-28 | シャープ株式会社 | Directional backlight and multi-view display devices |
US7091471B2 (en) * | 2004-03-15 | 2006-08-15 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Using eye detection for providing control and power management of electronic devices |
US20050237487A1 (en) * | 2004-04-23 | 2005-10-27 | Chang Nelson L A | Color wheel assembly for stereoscopic imaging |
US20060087556A1 (en) * | 2004-10-21 | 2006-04-27 | Kazunari Era | Stereoscopic image display device |
KR100786862B1 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2007-12-20 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Barrier device, three dimensional image display using the same and method thereof |
WO2007044028A2 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2007-04-19 | Agoura Technologies, Inc. | Applications and fabrication techniques for large scale wire grid polarizers |
JP2008523689A (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2008-07-03 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Wireless video streaming and prioritized streaming using single layer coding |
JP4578294B2 (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2010-11-10 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・データ三洋システム | Stereoscopic image display device, stereoscopic image display method, and computer program |
KR100732961B1 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2007-06-27 | 경희대학교 산학협력단 | Multiview scalable image encoding, decoding method and its apparatus |
RU2322771C2 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2008-04-20 | Святослав Иванович АРСЕНИЧ | Stereo-projection system |
KR101246645B1 (en) * | 2005-04-29 | 2013-03-25 | 코닌클리케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. | A stereoscopic display apparatus |
KR100661241B1 (en) * | 2005-05-16 | 2006-12-22 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Fabrication method of optical sheet |
GB2426351A (en) | 2005-05-19 | 2006-11-22 | Sharp Kk | A dual view display |
KR100813961B1 (en) * | 2005-06-14 | 2008-03-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving of video, and transport stream structure thereof |
KR100657322B1 (en) * | 2005-07-02 | 2006-12-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for encoding/decoding to implement local 3d video |
KR100647517B1 (en) | 2005-08-26 | 2006-11-23 | (주)마스터이미지 | Cell type parallax-barrier and stereoscopic image display apparatus using the same |
US7944454B2 (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2011-05-17 | Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. | System and method for user monitoring interface of 3-D video streams from multiple cameras |
US8157651B2 (en) * | 2005-09-12 | 2012-04-17 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Information processing program |
EP1946180B1 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2012-12-12 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Optical system for 3-dimensional display |
US20070110035A1 (en) | 2005-11-14 | 2007-05-17 | Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation | Network nodes cooperatively routing traffic flow amongst wired and wireless networks |
JP5121136B2 (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2013-01-16 | 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイウェスト | Image display device, electronic device, portable device, and image display method |
KR100739067B1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-07-12 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Three-dimensional display device |
EP1967017B1 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2019-12-04 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Autostereoscopic display device |
US20070147827A1 (en) * | 2005-12-28 | 2007-06-28 | Arnold Sheynman | Methods and apparatus for wireless stereo video streaming |
US20070153122A1 (en) | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Ayite Nii A | Apparatus and method for simultaneous multiple video channel viewing |
US8233034B2 (en) | 2006-02-10 | 2012-07-31 | Reald Inc. | Multi-functional active matrix liquid crystal displays |
US20070225994A1 (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2007-09-27 | Moore Barrett H | Method for Providing Private Civil Security Services Bundled with Second Party Products |
US8368749B2 (en) | 2006-03-27 | 2013-02-05 | Ge Inspection Technologies Lp | Article inspection apparatus |
WO2007117485A2 (en) | 2006-04-03 | 2007-10-18 | Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. | Screen sharing method and apparatus |
US8044994B2 (en) * | 2006-04-04 | 2011-10-25 | Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. | Method and system for decoding and displaying 3D light fields |
KR100893616B1 (en) | 2006-04-17 | 2009-04-20 | 삼성모바일디스플레이주식회사 | Electronic imaging device, 2d/3d image display device and the driving method thereof |
US20110090413A1 (en) | 2006-08-18 | 2011-04-21 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | 3-dimensional image display |
US7898950B2 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2011-03-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Techniques to perform rate matching for multimedia conference calls |
US7844547B2 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2010-11-30 | Carl Raymond Amos | Uncle gem IV, universal automatic instant money, data and precious metal and stone transfer machine |
US8587638B2 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2013-11-19 | Nokia Corporation | Supporting a 3D presentation |
JP4669482B2 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2011-04-13 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Display device, image processing method, and electronic apparatus |
US8645176B2 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2014-02-04 | Trimble Navigation Limited | Utilizing historical data in an asset management environment |
US20080086685A1 (en) * | 2006-10-05 | 2008-04-10 | James Janky | Method for delivering tailored asset information to a device |
US20080086391A1 (en) | 2006-10-05 | 2008-04-10 | Kurt Maynard | Impromptu asset tracking |
US7640223B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2009-12-29 | University Of Tennessee Research Foundation | Method of organizing and presenting data in a table using stutter peak rule |
US7586681B2 (en) * | 2006-11-29 | 2009-09-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | Directional display |
JP4285532B2 (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2009-06-24 | ソニー株式会社 | Backlight control device, backlight control method, and liquid crystal display device |
US8248462B2 (en) * | 2006-12-15 | 2012-08-21 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Dynamic parallax barrier autosteroscopic display system and method |
US8228272B2 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2012-07-24 | Hong Kong Applied Science And Technlogy Research Institute Company Limited | Backlight device and liquid crystal display incorporating the backlight device |
JP4686795B2 (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2011-05-25 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image generating apparatus and image reproducing apparatus |
US7924456B1 (en) | 2007-01-12 | 2011-04-12 | Broadbus Technologies, Inc. | Data distribution and buffering |
CN101013559A (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2007-08-08 | 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 | LED brightness control circuit and backlight of LCD |
US7917853B2 (en) | 2007-03-21 | 2011-03-29 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method of presenting media content |
US8269822B2 (en) | 2007-04-03 | 2012-09-18 | Sony Computer Entertainment America, LLC | Display viewing system and methods for optimizing display view based on active tracking |
US8600932B2 (en) | 2007-05-07 | 2013-12-03 | Trimble Navigation Limited | Telematic asset microfluidic analysis |
GB0709134D0 (en) * | 2007-05-11 | 2007-06-20 | Surman Philip | Multi-user autostereoscopic Display |
GB0709411D0 (en) | 2007-05-16 | 2007-06-27 | Barco Nv | Methods and systems for stereoscopic imaging |
TWI466093B (en) * | 2007-06-26 | 2014-12-21 | Apple Inc | Management techniques for video playback |
KR101400285B1 (en) * | 2007-08-03 | 2014-05-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Front light unit and flat display apparatus employing the same |
US7911442B2 (en) | 2007-08-27 | 2011-03-22 | Au Optronics Corporation | Dynamic color gamut of LED backlight |
KR101362647B1 (en) | 2007-09-07 | 2014-02-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | System and method for generating and palying three dimensional image file including two dimensional image |
US7881976B2 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2011-02-01 | Virgin Mobile Usa, L.P. | Apparatus, methods and systems for discounted referral and recommendation of electronic content |
TWI354115B (en) * | 2007-10-05 | 2011-12-11 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Three-dimensional display apparatus |
US8416247B2 (en) * | 2007-10-09 | 2013-04-09 | Sony Computer Entertaiment America Inc. | Increasing the number of advertising impressions in an interactive environment |
US8121191B1 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2012-02-21 | Harmonic Inc. | AVC to SVC transcoder |
JP4956520B2 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2012-06-20 | ミツミ電機株式会社 | Backlight device and liquid crystal display device using the same |
KR101439845B1 (en) | 2007-11-16 | 2014-09-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Digital image processing apparatus |
US20090138280A1 (en) | 2007-11-26 | 2009-05-28 | The General Electric Company | Multi-stepped default display protocols |
TWI365302B (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2012-06-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Stereo image display with switch function between horizontal display and vertical display |
CN101939998A (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2011-01-05 | 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 | Autostereoscopic display device |
KR101451565B1 (en) | 2008-02-13 | 2014-10-16 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Autostereoscopic display system |
JP5642347B2 (en) | 2008-03-07 | 2014-12-17 | ミツミ電機株式会社 | LCD backlight device |
KR101488199B1 (en) * | 2008-03-12 | 2015-01-30 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for processing and reproducing image, and computer readable medium thereof |
US20090238378A1 (en) | 2008-03-18 | 2009-09-24 | Invism, Inc. | Enhanced Immersive Soundscapes Production |
US20090244266A1 (en) | 2008-03-26 | 2009-10-01 | Thomas Carl Brigham | Enhanced Three Dimensional Television |
JP4925354B2 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2012-04-25 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image processing apparatus, image display apparatus, imaging apparatus, and image processing method |
US20090282429A1 (en) * | 2008-05-07 | 2009-11-12 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Viewer tracking for displaying three dimensional views |
US20090295791A1 (en) | 2008-05-29 | 2009-12-03 | Microsoft Corporation | Three-dimensional environment created from video |
CN101291415B (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2010-07-21 | 华为终端有限公司 | Method, apparatus and system for three-dimensional video communication |
TWI401658B (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2013-07-11 | Hannstar Display Corp | Gate line driving circuit of lcd panel |
JP5127633B2 (en) * | 2008-08-25 | 2013-01-23 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Content playback apparatus and method |
US20100070987A1 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2010-03-18 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Mining viewer responses to multimedia content |
EP2326092A4 (en) | 2008-09-18 | 2012-11-21 | Panasonic Corp | Image decoding device, image coding device, image decoding method, image coding method, and program |
KR101497511B1 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2015-03-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING 2 DIMENSIONAL and 3 DIMENSIONAL IMAGE AND VIDEO |
KR20100033067A (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2010-03-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Image display apparatus and method for both 2d and 3d image |
BRPI0904620A2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2020-08-18 | Panasonic Corporation | recording medium, playback device, lsi system, playback method, glasses, and display device for 3d images |
US20100107184A1 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2010-04-29 | Peter Rae Shintani | TV with eye detection |
US8752087B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2014-06-10 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | System and method for dynamically constructing personalized contextual video programs |
JP5859309B2 (en) | 2008-11-24 | 2016-02-10 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェKoninklijke Philips N.V. | Combination of 3D video and auxiliary data |
US8103608B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2012-01-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Reference model for data-driven analytics |
US20100128112A1 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2010-05-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Immersive display system for interacting with three-dimensional content |
US20100135640A1 (en) | 2008-12-03 | 2010-06-03 | Dell Products L.P. | System and Method for Storing and Displaying 3-D Video Content |
US8209396B1 (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2012-06-26 | Howcast Media, Inc. | Video player |
US8913105B2 (en) | 2009-01-07 | 2014-12-16 | Thomson Licensing | Joint depth estimation |
WO2010095381A1 (en) | 2009-02-20 | 2010-08-26 | パナソニック株式会社 | Recording medium, reproduction device, and integrated circuit |
US9565397B2 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2017-02-07 | Akamai Technologies, Inc. | Deterministically skewing transmission of content streams |
US20100225576A1 (en) | 2009-03-03 | 2010-09-09 | Horizon Semiconductors Ltd. | Three-dimensional interactive system and method |
US8477175B2 (en) | 2009-03-09 | 2013-07-02 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | System and method for providing three dimensional imaging in a network environment |
US20100231511A1 (en) | 2009-03-10 | 2010-09-16 | David L. Henty | Interactive media system with multi-directional remote control and dual mode camera |
US20100247080A1 (en) * | 2009-03-27 | 2010-09-30 | Kug-Jin Yun | Method and apparatus for creating and consuming multiview image media file |
JP5695819B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2015-04-08 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | TV operation method |
WO2010117315A1 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2010-10-14 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Media container file management |
WO2010126825A1 (en) | 2009-04-26 | 2010-11-04 | Nike International, Ltd. | Athletic watch |
US8315405B2 (en) | 2009-04-28 | 2012-11-20 | Bose Corporation | Coordinated ANR reference sound compression |
US8532310B2 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2013-09-10 | Bose Corporation | Frequency-dependent ANR reference sound compression |
US20100280959A1 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2010-11-04 | Darrel Stone | Real-time sourcing of service providers |
WO2010131359A1 (en) | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-18 | 株式会社 東芝 | Image display device |
US8788676B2 (en) | 2009-05-22 | 2014-07-22 | Motorola Mobility Llc | Method and system for controlling data transmission to or from a mobile device |
US8704958B2 (en) | 2009-06-01 | 2014-04-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Image display device and operation method thereof |
US9237296B2 (en) | 2009-06-01 | 2016-01-12 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Image display apparatus and operating method thereof |
US9185328B2 (en) | 2009-06-08 | 2015-11-10 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Device and method for displaying a three-dimensional PIP image |
US8411746B2 (en) | 2009-06-12 | 2013-04-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multiview video coding over MPEG-2 systems |
US20100321465A1 (en) | 2009-06-19 | 2010-12-23 | Dominique A Behrens Pa | Method, System and Computer Program Product for Mobile Telepresence Interactions |
CN102713738B (en) | 2009-08-07 | 2016-01-27 | 瑞尔D股份有限公司 | There is the stereoscopic flat panel display of continuous illumination backlight |
US8976871B2 (en) | 2009-09-16 | 2015-03-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Media extractor tracks for file format track selection |
US8446462B2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2013-05-21 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Method and system for time-multiplexed shared display |
US20110093882A1 (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2011-04-21 | Candelore Brant L | Parental control through the HDMI interface |
KR101600818B1 (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2016-03-09 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | 3 three dimensional optical module and display device including the same |
US8705624B2 (en) | 2009-11-24 | 2014-04-22 | STMicroelectronics International N. V. | Parallel decoding for scalable video coding |
US8335763B2 (en) | 2009-12-04 | 2012-12-18 | Microsoft Corporation | Concurrently presented data subfeeds |
US8462197B2 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2013-06-11 | Motorola Mobility Llc | 3D video transforming device |
US20110153362A1 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2011-06-23 | Valin David A | Method and mechanism for identifying protecting, requesting, assisting and managing information |
US8854531B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Multiple remote controllers that each simultaneously controls a different visual presentation of a 2D/3D display |
US8823782B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-09-02 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US9247286B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2016-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
US20110199469A1 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2011-08-18 | Gallagher Andrew C | Detection and display of stereo images |
US8384774B2 (en) | 2010-02-15 | 2013-02-26 | Eastman Kodak Company | Glasses for viewing stereo images |
KR101356248B1 (en) | 2010-02-19 | 2014-01-29 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Image display device |
US9285589B2 (en) | 2010-02-28 | 2016-03-15 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | AR glasses with event and sensor triggered control of AR eyepiece applications |
US9129295B2 (en) | 2010-02-28 | 2015-09-08 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | See-through near-eye display glasses with a fast response photochromic film system for quick transition from dark to clear |
US8964298B2 (en) | 2010-02-28 | 2015-02-24 | Microsoft Corporation | Video display modification based on sensor input for a see-through near-to-eye display |
KR101324412B1 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2013-11-01 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | Stereoscopic image display and driving method thereof |
WO2011142141A1 (en) | 2010-05-13 | 2011-11-17 | パナソニック株式会社 | Display device and image viewing system |
KR101255711B1 (en) | 2010-07-02 | 2013-04-17 | 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 | 3d image display device and driving method thereof |
US8605136B2 (en) | 2010-08-10 | 2013-12-10 | Sony Corporation | 2D to 3D user interface content data conversion |
US8363928B1 (en) | 2010-12-24 | 2013-01-29 | Trimble Navigation Ltd. | General orientation positioning system |
WO2012132797A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 | 2012-10-04 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Image capturing device and image capturing method |
WO2013078317A1 (en) * | 2011-11-21 | 2013-05-30 | Schlumberger Technology Corporation | Interface for controlling and improving drilling operations |
-
2010
- 2010-05-05 US US12/774,307 patent/US8964013B2/en active Active
- 2010-05-05 US US12/774,225 patent/US20110157322A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-07-28 US US12/845,440 patent/US20110157697A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-07-28 US US12/845,409 patent/US20110157696A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-07-28 US US12/845,461 patent/US8767050B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-22 EP EP20100015980 patent/EP2357508A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2010-12-22 EP EP20100015984 patent/EP2357630A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2010-12-23 EP EP20100016055 patent/EP2357631A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,330 patent/US20110157326A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,362 patent/US9049440B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 EP EP20100016190 patent/EP2346021B1/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 TW TW99146892A patent/TWI467234B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,377 patent/US20110157327A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,088 patent/US9066092B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,031 patent/US9019263B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,156 patent/US9654767B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 TW TW99146883A patent/TW201142356A/en unknown
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,069 patent/US8922545B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,140 patent/US20110161843A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,053 patent/US20110157309A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,248 patent/US20110157315A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 CN CN2010106160608A patent/CN102183840A/en active Pending
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,020 patent/US20110157257A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,273 patent/US9979954B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,062 patent/US8687042B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,173 patent/US9143770B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,124 patent/US9124885B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,309 patent/US9204138B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,047 patent/US20110157330A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,199 patent/US8988506B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-30 US US12/982,212 patent/US9013546B2/en active Active
- 2010-12-31 CN CN201010616920.8A patent/CN102183841B/en active Active
- 2010-12-31 TW TW99147124A patent/TW201142357A/en unknown
- 2010-12-31 CN CN201010619646XA patent/CN102215408A/en active Pending
-
2012
- 2012-03-02 HK HK12102171A patent/HK1161754A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2014
- 2014-10-01 US US14/504,095 patent/US20150015668A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2015
- 2015-02-06 US US14/616,130 patent/US20150156473A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2015-05-28 US US14/723,922 patent/US20150264341A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (99)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4829365A (en) * | 1986-03-07 | 1989-05-09 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | Autostereoscopic display with illuminating lines, light valve and mask |
US5315377A (en) * | 1991-10-28 | 1994-05-24 | Nippon Hoso Kyokai | Three-dimensional image display using electrically generated parallax barrier stripes |
US20030154261A1 (en) * | 1994-10-17 | 2003-08-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California, A Corporation Of The State Of California | Distributed hypermedia method and system for automatically invoking external application providing interaction and display of embedded objects within a hypermedia document |
US5615046A (en) * | 1995-01-23 | 1997-03-25 | Cyber Scientific Inc. | Stereoscopic viewing system |
US6094216A (en) * | 1995-05-22 | 2000-07-25 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method, and stereoscopic image display apparatus using the method |
US6909555B2 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2005-06-21 | Jacob N. Wohlstadter | Three dimensional imaging system |
US20040141237A1 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2004-07-22 | Wohlstadter Jacob N. | Three dimensional imaging system |
US5945965A (en) * | 1995-06-29 | 1999-08-31 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Stereoscopic image display method |
US7123213B2 (en) * | 1995-10-05 | 2006-10-17 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display unit and display method |
US6049424A (en) * | 1995-11-15 | 2000-04-11 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Three dimensional display device |
US7038698B1 (en) * | 1996-02-08 | 2006-05-02 | Palm Charles S | 3D stereo browser for the internet |
US6023277A (en) * | 1996-07-03 | 2000-02-08 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Display control apparatus and method |
US5855425A (en) * | 1996-07-19 | 1999-01-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Stereoscopic display |
US5969850A (en) * | 1996-09-27 | 1999-10-19 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator, directional display and directional light source |
US5990975A (en) * | 1996-11-22 | 1999-11-23 | Acer Peripherals, Inc. | Dual screen displaying device |
US7030903B2 (en) * | 1997-02-20 | 2006-04-18 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Image display system, information processing apparatus, and method of controlling the same |
US6188442B1 (en) * | 1997-08-01 | 2001-02-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multiviewer display system for television monitors |
US6710920B1 (en) * | 1998-03-27 | 2004-03-23 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd | Stereoscopic display |
US6144375A (en) * | 1998-08-14 | 2000-11-07 | Praja Inc. | Multi-perspective viewer for content-based interactivity |
US20020171666A1 (en) * | 1999-02-19 | 2002-11-21 | Takaaki Endo | Image processing apparatus for interpolating and generating images from an arbitrary view point |
US20030103165A1 (en) * | 2000-05-19 | 2003-06-05 | Werner Bullinger | System for operating a consumer electronics appaliance |
US20110016004A1 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2011-01-20 | Zoesis, Inc., A Delaware Corporation | Interactive character system |
US20020167862A1 (en) * | 2001-04-03 | 2002-11-14 | Carlo Tomasi | Method and apparatus for approximating a source position of a sound-causing event for determining an input used in operating an electronic device |
US20040252187A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2004-12-16 | Alden Ray M. | Processes and apparatuses for efficient multiple program and 3D display |
US20060256136A1 (en) * | 2001-10-01 | 2006-11-16 | Adobe Systems Incorporated, A Delaware Corporation | Compositing two-dimensional and three-dimensional image layers |
US20030137506A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-07-24 | Daniel Efran | Image-based rendering for 3D viewing |
US20030223499A1 (en) * | 2002-04-09 | 2003-12-04 | Nicholas Routhier | Process and system for encoding and playback of stereoscopic video sequences |
US20040027452A1 (en) * | 2002-08-07 | 2004-02-12 | Yun Kug Jin | Method and apparatus for multiplexing multi-view three-dimensional moving picture |
US20040041747A1 (en) * | 2002-08-27 | 2004-03-04 | Nec Corporation | 3D image/2D image switching display apparatus and portable terminal device |
US20040239231A1 (en) * | 2002-10-30 | 2004-12-02 | Keisuke Miyagawa | Display device and electronic equipment |
US20040109093A1 (en) * | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Small-Stryker Aaron Tug | Method and apparatus for simultaneous television video presentation and separate viewing of different broadcasts |
US20080284844A1 (en) * | 2003-02-05 | 2008-11-20 | Graham John Woodgate | Switchable Lens |
US20040164292A1 (en) * | 2003-02-21 | 2004-08-26 | Yeh-Jiun Tung | Transflective display having an OLED backlight |
US20050073472A1 (en) * | 2003-07-26 | 2005-04-07 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of removing Moire pattern in 3D image display apparatus using complete parallax |
US20070097103A1 (en) * | 2003-09-11 | 2007-05-03 | Shoji Yoshioka | Portable display device |
US20070085814A1 (en) * | 2003-09-20 | 2007-04-19 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Image display device |
US20080273242A1 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2008-11-06 | Graham John Woodgate | Directional Display Apparatus |
US20050128353A1 (en) * | 2003-12-16 | 2005-06-16 | Young Bruce A. | System and method for using second remote control device for sub-picture control in television receiver |
US7440193B2 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2008-10-21 | Gunasekaran R Alfred | Wide-angle variable focal length lens system |
US20060050785A1 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2006-03-09 | Nucore Technology Inc. | Inserting a high resolution still image into a lower resolution video stream |
US20090058845A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2009-03-05 | Yasuhiro Fukuda | Display device |
US20070296874A1 (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2007-12-27 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Display Device,Method of Adjusting the Image Quality of the Display Device, Device for Adjusting the Image Quality and Device for Adjusting the Contrast |
US20060109242A1 (en) * | 2004-11-19 | 2006-05-25 | Simpkins Daniel S | User interface for impaired users |
US20060139490A1 (en) * | 2004-12-15 | 2006-06-29 | Fekkes Wilhelmus F | Synchronizing audio with delayed video |
US20060139448A1 (en) * | 2004-12-29 | 2006-06-29 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | 3D displays with flexible switching capability of 2D/3D viewing modes |
US20090115800A1 (en) * | 2005-01-18 | 2009-05-07 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Multi-view display device |
US20090174700A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2009-07-09 | Casio Computer Co., Ltd. | Illuminator for emitting at least two lights having directivity and display apparatus using same |
US20070139371A1 (en) * | 2005-04-04 | 2007-06-21 | Harsham Bret A | Control system and method for differentiating multiple users utilizing multi-view display devices |
US20080191964A1 (en) * | 2005-04-22 | 2008-08-14 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Auto-Stereoscopic Display With Mixed Mode For Concurrent Display of Two- and Three-Dimensional Images |
US20080246757A1 (en) * | 2005-04-25 | 2008-10-09 | Masahiro Ito | 3D Image Generation and Display System |
US20060244918A1 (en) * | 2005-04-27 | 2006-11-02 | Actuality Systems, Inc. | Minimized-thickness angular scanner of electromagnetic radiation |
US20060256302A1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-16 | Microsoft Corporation | Three-dimensional (3D) image projection |
US20090051759A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2009-02-26 | Adkins Sean M | Equipment and methods for the synchronization of stereoscopic projection displays |
US20060271791A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. | Method and system for biometric based access control of media content presentation devices |
US20070096125A1 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2007-05-03 | Uwe Vogel | Illumination device |
US7646451B2 (en) * | 2005-06-24 | 2010-01-12 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. | Illumination device |
US20100079374A1 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2010-04-01 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Method of controlling a system |
US20070008406A1 (en) * | 2005-07-08 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | High resolution 2D-3D switchable autostereoscopic display apparatus |
US20070008620A1 (en) * | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Switchable autostereoscopic display |
US7511774B2 (en) * | 2005-11-30 | 2009-03-31 | Samsung Mobile Display Co., Ltd. | Three-dimensional display device |
US20080259233A1 (en) * | 2005-12-20 | 2008-10-23 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. | Autostereoscopic Display Device |
US20070146267A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Lg.Philips Lcd Co., Ltd. | Display device and method of driving the same |
US20070153916A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. | Wireless video transmission system |
US20070162392A1 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-12 | Microsoft Corporation | Management of Streaming Content |
US7359105B2 (en) * | 2006-02-07 | 2008-04-15 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Spatial light modulator and a display device |
US20090010264A1 (en) * | 2006-03-21 | 2009-01-08 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and System for Ensuring QoS and SLA Server |
US20080133122A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2008-06-05 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Multiple visual display device and vehicle-mounted navigation system |
US20070258140A1 (en) * | 2006-05-04 | 2007-11-08 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multiview autostereoscopic display |
US7626644B2 (en) * | 2006-05-04 | 2009-12-01 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multiview autostereoscopic display |
US20070270218A1 (en) * | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-22 | Nintendo Co., Ltd. | Storage medium having game program stored thereon and game apparatus |
US20080025390A1 (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-01-31 | Fang Shi | Adaptive video frame interpolation |
US20080037120A1 (en) * | 2006-08-08 | 2008-02-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | High resolution 2d/3d switchable display apparatus |
US7885079B2 (en) * | 2006-08-18 | 2011-02-08 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Flexible electronic assembly |
US20080126557A1 (en) * | 2006-09-08 | 2008-05-29 | Tetsuro Motoyama | System, method, and computer program product using an SNMP implementation to obtain vendor information from remote devices |
US20080068329A1 (en) * | 2006-09-15 | 2008-03-20 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Multi-view autostereoscopic display with improved resolution |
US20080165176A1 (en) * | 2006-09-28 | 2008-07-10 | Charles Jens Archer | Method of Video Display and Multiplayer Gaming |
US20100066850A1 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2010-03-18 | Westar Display Technologies, Inc. | Motion artifact measurement for display devices |
US20080168129A1 (en) * | 2007-01-08 | 2008-07-10 | Jeffrey Robbin | Pairing a Media Server and a Media Client |
US20100097525A1 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2010-04-22 | Fujitsu Ten Limited | Display device and display method |
US20080303832A1 (en) * | 2007-06-11 | 2008-12-11 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method of generating two-dimensional/three-dimensional convertible stereoscopic image bitstream and method and apparatus for displaying the same |
US20090002178A1 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-01 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic mood sensing |
US20090052164A1 (en) * | 2007-08-24 | 2009-02-26 | Masako Kashiwagi | Directional backlight, display apparatus, and stereoscopic display apparatus |
US20100238367A1 (en) * | 2007-10-01 | 2010-09-23 | David James Montgomery | Light output arrangement and display |
US20090115783A1 (en) * | 2007-11-02 | 2009-05-07 | Dimension Technologies, Inc. | 3d optical illusions from off-axis displays |
US20090133051A1 (en) * | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-21 | Gesturetek, Inc. | Device access control |
US20090138805A1 (en) * | 2007-11-21 | 2009-05-28 | Gesturetek, Inc. | Media preferences |
US20090141182A1 (en) * | 2007-12-03 | 2009-06-04 | Panasonic Corporation | Digital broadcast receiving apparatus, semiconductor integrated circuit, and digital broadcast receiving method |
US20090167639A1 (en) * | 2008-01-02 | 2009-07-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of reducing perceived image crosstalk in a multiview display |
US20110050687A1 (en) * | 2008-04-04 | 2011-03-03 | Denis Vladimirovich Alyshev | Presentation of Objects in Stereoscopic 3D Displays |
US20110043475A1 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2011-02-24 | Panasonic Corporation | Method and system of identifying a user of a handheld device |
US20110063289A1 (en) * | 2008-05-08 | 2011-03-17 | Seereal Technologies S.A. | Device for displaying stereoscopic images |
US20090319625A1 (en) * | 2008-06-20 | 2009-12-24 | Alcatel Lucent | Interactivity in a digital public signage network architecture |
US20100071015A1 (en) * | 2008-09-18 | 2010-03-18 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Apparatus for video and audio reproduction |
US20100245548A1 (en) * | 2009-02-20 | 2010-09-30 | Taiji Sasaki | Recording medium, playback device, and integrated circuit |
US20100238274A1 (en) * | 2009-03-16 | 2010-09-23 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of displaying three-dimensional image data and an apparatus of processing three-dimensional image data |
US20100309290A1 (en) * | 2009-06-08 | 2010-12-09 | Stephen Brooks Myers | System for capture and display of stereoscopic content |
US20110157172A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Broadcom Corporation | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US20110157257A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Backlighting array supporting adaptable parallax barrier |
US20110157167A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2d and 3d displays |
Cited By (49)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9654767B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2017-05-16 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Programming architecture supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US20110164188A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US8767050B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-07-01 | Broadcom Corporation | Display supporting multiple simultaneous 3D views |
US8823782B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-09-02 | Broadcom Corporation | Remote control with integrated position, viewer identification and optical and audio test |
US20110157696A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-06-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Display with adaptable parallax barrier |
US9066092B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-06-23 | Broadcom Corporation | Communication infrastructure including simultaneous video pathways for multi-viewer support |
US9979954B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2018-05-22 | Avago Technologies General Ip (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Eyewear with time shared viewing supporting delivery of differing content to multiple viewers |
US9247286B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2016-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication |
US9049440B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-06-02 | Broadcom Corporation | Independent viewer tailoring of same media source content via a common 2D-3D display |
US9019263B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-04-28 | Broadcom Corporation | Coordinated driving of adaptable light manipulator, backlighting and pixel array in support of adaptable 2D and 3D displays |
US9204138B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-12-01 | Broadcom Corporation | User controlled regional display of mixed two and three dimensional content |
US8687042B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-04-01 | Broadcom Corporation | Set-top box circuitry supporting 2D and 3D content reductions to accommodate viewing environment constraints |
US9143770B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-09-22 | Broadcom Corporation | Application programming interface supporting mixed two and three dimensional displays |
US20110164115A1 (en) * | 2009-12-31 | 2011-07-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2d, stereoscopic 3d, and multi-view 3d content from source video |
US9013546B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-04-21 | Broadcom Corporation | Adaptable media stream servicing two and three dimensional content |
US8854531B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-10-07 | Broadcom Corporation | Multiple remote controllers that each simultaneously controls a different visual presentation of a 2D/3D display |
US8922545B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2014-12-30 | Broadcom Corporation | Three-dimensional display system with adaptation based on viewing reference of viewer(s) |
US8964013B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-02-24 | Broadcom Corporation | Display with elastic light manipulator |
US9124885B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-09-01 | Broadcom Corporation | Operating system supporting mixed 2D, stereoscopic 3D and multi-view 3D displays |
US8988506B2 (en) | 2009-12-31 | 2015-03-24 | Broadcom Corporation | Transcoder supporting selective delivery of 2D, stereoscopic 3D, and multi-view 3D content from source video |
US20110228183A1 (en) * | 2010-03-16 | 2011-09-22 | Sony Corporation | Display device and electronic apparatus |
US9521403B2 (en) * | 2010-03-16 | 2016-12-13 | Japan Display Inc. | Display device and electronic apparatus |
US9215452B2 (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2015-12-15 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America | Stereoscopic video display apparatus and stereoscopic video display method |
US20120044330A1 (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2012-02-23 | Tatsumi Watanabe | Stereoscopic video display apparatus and stereoscopic video display method |
US20120001956A1 (en) * | 2010-07-01 | 2012-01-05 | Sony Corporation | Stereoscopic display device and display drive circuit |
US20120062556A1 (en) * | 2010-09-13 | 2012-03-15 | Sumihiko Yamamoto | Three-dimensional image display apparatus, three-dimensional image processor, three-dimensional image display method, and computer program product |
US20130201417A1 (en) * | 2010-10-13 | 2013-08-08 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Display device |
US9218115B2 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2015-12-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Input device and image display apparatus including the same |
US20130187961A1 (en) * | 2011-05-13 | 2013-07-25 | Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab | Adjusting parallax barriers |
US9285586B2 (en) * | 2011-05-13 | 2016-03-15 | Sony Corporation | Adjusting parallax barriers |
US20120327073A1 (en) * | 2011-06-23 | 2012-12-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
US9363504B2 (en) * | 2011-06-23 | 2016-06-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
US9420268B2 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2016-08-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Apparatus and method for displaying 3-dimensional image |
US9087477B2 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2015-07-21 | Japan Display Inc. | Display apparatus and electronic apparatus |
US20130235005A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Japan Display West, Inc. | Display apparatus and electronic apparatus |
US20150054927A1 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2015-02-26 | Laurence Luju Chen | Method of glassless 3D display |
US9648314B2 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2017-05-09 | Laurence Lujun Chen | Method of glasses-less 3D display |
US20140139765A1 (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2014-05-22 | Boe Technology Group Co. Ltd. | Switch cell and manufacturing method thereof, display panel, and display device |
US9191653B2 (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2015-11-17 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Switch cell and manufacturing method thereof, display panel, and display device |
US20150156480A1 (en) * | 2013-12-04 | 2015-06-04 | Samsung Display Co., Ltd. | Image display apparatus and method of driving the same |
US9906776B2 (en) * | 2014-05-29 | 2018-02-27 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Display control method, device and system |
US20160274373A1 (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2016-09-22 | Japan Display Inc. | Display device and method for controlling the same |
US10061136B2 (en) * | 2015-03-19 | 2018-08-28 | Japan Display Inc. | Display device and method for controlling the same |
US20160306182A1 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2016-10-20 | Dongseo University Technology Headquarters | Depth-priority integral imaging display method using nonuniform dynamic mask array |
US9846309B2 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2017-12-19 | Dongseo University Technology Headquarters | Depth-priority integral imaging display method using nonuniform dynamic mask array |
US10802324B2 (en) | 2017-03-14 | 2020-10-13 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Double vision display method and device |
JP2020521185A (en) * | 2017-05-14 | 2020-07-16 | レイア、インコーポレイテッドLeia Inc. | Multiview backlight, display, and method using active emitters |
JP7089583B2 (en) | 2017-05-14 | 2022-06-22 | レイア、インコーポレイテッド | Multi-view backlight, display, and method with active emitter |
US10991298B2 (en) * | 2019-08-19 | 2021-04-27 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Distance sensor, display device, electronic device and distance detection method |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20110157697A1 (en) | Adaptable parallax barrier supporting mixed 2d and stereoscopic 3d display regions | |
US8854531B2 (en) | Multiple remote controllers that each simultaneously controls a different visual presentation of a 2D/3D display | |
KR102140080B1 (en) | Multi view image display apparatus and controlling method thereof | |
US9247286B2 (en) | Frame formatting supporting mixed two and three dimensional video data communication | |
US9088790B2 (en) | Display device and method of controlling the same | |
KR102185130B1 (en) | Multi view image display apparatus and contorl method thereof | |
JP2006154809A (en) | Barrier device, stereoscopic image display device, and driving method thereof | |
KR102284841B1 (en) | Autostereoscopic 3d display device | |
US11095872B2 (en) | Autostereoscopic 3-dimensional display | |
JP2010518417A (en) | Display device | |
CN105430369A (en) | Autostereoscopic 3d display device | |
KR101975246B1 (en) | Multi view image display apparatus and contorl method thereof | |
KR20160030792A (en) | Dispaly apparatus and controlling method thereof | |
CN107580211B (en) | Automatic stereo 3 ties up display | |
US8994791B2 (en) | Apparatus and method for displaying three-dimensional images | |
KR102334031B1 (en) | Autostereoscopic 3d display device and driving method thereof | |
US20190045174A1 (en) | Extended depth of focus integral displays | |
KR102232462B1 (en) | Autostereoscopic 3d display device | |
KR20110135799A (en) | Stereoscopic image display device | |
KR20190010060A (en) | Display apparatus and Method for controlling the display apparatus thereof | |
Panabaker et al. | Quality Autostereoscopic Displays | |
JP2012244450A (en) | Display device, display method, and program |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NORTH CAROLINA Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:037806/0001 Effective date: 20160201 Owner name: BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT, NORTH Free format text: PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:037806/0001 Effective date: 20160201 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GENERAL IP (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD., SINGAPORE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:041706/0001 Effective date: 20170120 Owner name: AVAGO TECHNOLOGIES GENERAL IP (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BROADCOM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:041706/0001 Effective date: 20170120 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: BROADCOM CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENTS;ASSIGNOR:BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS COLLATERAL AGENT;REEL/FRAME:041712/0001 Effective date: 20170119 |